UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM
10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

2021

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO

For the transition period from
to
Commission File Number: Number
001-39800

MARQUEE RAINE ACQUISITION CORP.

ENJOY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its Charter)

Cayman Islands
Delaware
 
98-1566891

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

65 East 55th Street, 24th Floor

New York, NY

3240 Hillview Avenue
Palo Alto, CA
 10022
94304
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)

(212) 603-5500

(

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

code: (888)

463-6569
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbols

Symbol(s)
 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant
 MRACU
ENJY
 
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share
Warrants to purchase common stock
 MRAC
ENJYW
 
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Redeemable warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per shareMRACWThe Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  ☐    NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ☐    NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  ☒    NO  ☐  NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation
S-T
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to submit such files).    YES  ☒    NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated
filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. (SeeSee the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act).

Act.
Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated
filer
   Smaller reporting company 
  
Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act).    YES  ☐    NO  ☒  NO  ☐

The registrant was not a public company as of June 30, 2020, and therefore it cannot calculate the aggregate market value of itsthe voting and
non-voting common equity
stock held by
non-affiliates as
of such date.

AsMarquee Raine Acquisition Corp. (“MRAC”), our predecessor, on June 30, 2021, based on the closing price of December 31, 2020, there were 1,605,129$9.90 for shares of the Company’sMRAC’s Class A ordinary shares par value $0.0001 per share,on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Nasdaq”) was approximately $370.0 million. Shares of common stock beneficially owned by each executive officer, director, and 9,343,750holder of more than 10% of our common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates.

The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 21, 2022 was 
120,018,911.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III incorporates by reference portions of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, issuedRegistrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and outstanding.

Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021.


MARQUEE RAINE ACQUISITION CORP.

Table of ContentsTABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents
     
Page
 

   

Item 1.

    14 

Item 1A.

    2011 

Item 1B.

    5444 

Item 2.

    5444 

Item 3.

    5544 

Item 4.

    5544 

   

Item 5.

    5545 

Item 6.

    5745 

Item 7.

    5745 

Item 7A.

    6163 

Item 8.

    6264 

Item 9.

    78100 

Item 9A.

    78100 

Item 9B.

    78103
Item 9C.
103 

   

Item 10.

    78104 

Item 11.

    89109 

Item 12.

    90114 

Item 13.

    91117 

Item 14.

    93122 

   

Item 15.

    93123
Item 16.
125 


CERTAIN TERMS

ReferencesTable of Contents

ENJOY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
As used in this Annual Report on Form
10-K
(the “Report”), unless the context requires otherwise, and regardless of capitalization, references to
“common stock” are to our Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share;
“Enjoy,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” and similar references refer to Legacy Enjoy or New Enjoy, as the context requires;
“Legacy Enjoy” means Enjoy Technology Inc. prior to the “Company,” “our,” “us”completion of the Transactions (as defined herein) in October 2021;
“management” or “we” referour “management team” are to our officers and directors;
“MRAC” means the special purpose acquisition company, Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp., a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on October 16, 2020. References;
“New Enjoy” are to our “Sponsor” refer to Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership. References to “The Raine Group” or “Raine” refer to The Raine Group LLC,Enjoy Technology, Inc. and its accounts and other affiliates. References to “Marquee” refer to Marquee Sports Holdings SPAC I, LLC, a sports, media, entertainment and hospitality company founded bywholly owned subsidiaries following the owners and management teamcompletion of the Chicago Cubs (the “Cubs”)Transactions;
“public warrants” are to the redeemable warrants (including those that underlie the units) that were offered and sold by MRAC in its subsidiaryinitial public offering and related parties. References to our “Initial Public Offering” referregistered pursuant to the initial public offering registration statement or the redeemable warrants of Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp.Enjoy issued as a matter of law upon the conversion thereof at the time of the Domestication (as defined herein), which closed on December 17, 2020 (the “IPO Closing Date”). Referencesas the context requires; and
“warrants” are to our “initial shareholders” referredeemable warrants, which includes the public warrants as well as the private placement warrants to our Sponsor and our independent directors asthe extent they are no longer held by the initial purchasers of the IPO Closing Date.

SPECIAL NOTEprivate placement warrants or their permitted transferees

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements that are forward-looking and as such are not historical facts. This includes, without limitation, statements under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations. These statements constitute projections, forecasts and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are not guarantees of performance. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these statements. Such statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. When used in this Annual Report, on Form 10-K, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. When we discuss our strategies or plans, we are making projections, forecasts or forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results
These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Report and shareholder’s value will be affected bycurrent expectations, forecasts and assumptions, which involve a varietynumber of judgments, risks and factors,uncertainties, including without limitation, international, nationalstatements related to:
our projected financial information, anticipated growth rate, and localmarket opportunity;
the impact of the regulatory environment and complexities with compliance related to such environment;
the impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic;
1

Table of Contents
our ability to evaluate future prospects of our strategy for delivering products and services;
our ability to develop and maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting;
our ability to grow market share in our existing markets or any new markets we may enter;
our ability to respond to general economic conditions;
the impact of economic downturns and other macroeconomic conditions merger, acquisitionor trends;
the impact of consumer discretionary spending;
the health of the mobile retail industry;
risks associated with our assets and Business Combination risks,increased competition in the global mobile retail market;
our ability to manage our growth effectively;
our ability to achieve and maintain profitability in the future;
our ability to maintain existing commercial relationships and successfully enter into new commercial relationships;
our ability to access sources of capital, including debt financing risks, geo-political risks, actsand securitization funding to finance our leased warehouses and inventories and other sources of terrorcapital to finance operations and growth;
our ability to maintain and enhance our products and brand, and to attract Consumers (as defined below);
our ability to maintain or war,enhance current Customer (as defined below) and thoseConsumer satisfaction and trust levels;
our ability to manage, develop and refine our technology platform, including our Mobile Store (as defined below);
our ability to recruit and maintain experienced and highly-skilled employees who provide the Enjoy experience to Consumers (“Experts”);
the success of strategic relationships with third parties; and
other risk factors described under , Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors,1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K andReport.
We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in our subsequent reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). this Report.
Many of the risks and factors that will determine these results and shareholder value are beyond our ability to control or predict.

All such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Report. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this Special NoteCautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that represent challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business. Investing in our common stock involves numerous risks, including the risks described in “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report. Below are some of these risks, among others, which may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our business strategy, financial condition or operating results, which could cause a material decline in the price of shares of our common stock or warrants and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:
The
COVID-19
pandemic may continue to impact our key metrics and results of operations.
2

We have a limited operating history with a new model and strategy in an evolving industry and we may fail to achieve the market acceptance necessary for success.
A number of factors may cause our results of operations to fluctuate.
We identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.
We may not timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology and business to meet our Business Partners’ (as defined herein) expectation.
We rely on consumer discretionary spending.
The loss of key senior management personnel or an inability to hire, train and retain employees could harm our business.
Changes in the availability of and the cost of labor could adversely affect our business.
If the mobile retail store market does not continue to grow our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our operating results are subject to the seasonal nature of consumer behavior patterns.
Risks associated with our commercial relationships could adversely affect our financial performance, reputation, brand and commercial relationships.
We face intense indirect competition.
We depend on our Business Partners to perform certain services regarding the products that we offer.
We rely on third-party background check providers to screen potential employees, including Experts.
Actual or alleged conduct by our team members has exposed, and may in the future expose, us to legal risk and damage our reputation.
Our recent growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of future growth, and we may not be able to maintain or increase profitability in the future.
We may face difficulties as we expand our operations into new local markets.
Two of our Business Partners account for a significant portion of our revenue.
Our global operations expose us to the fluctuations of international markets.
Our business will require significant amounts of capital to sustain operations and without adequate capital we may not be able to continue as a going concern.
Our warrants are accounted for as liabilities.
Future issuances of debt securities and equity securities may adversely affect us, our common stock and may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq.
Our warrants may be out of the money at the time they become exercisable and they may expire worthless.
With the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants, we may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders.
We may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of the common stock.
3

PART I

ITEM
Item 1.

BUSINESS

Business.

Introduction

Our Company
We started with a simple question, “What if the best of the retail store experience could come to you?” Over the last eight years, we created, built and optimized the Mobile Store, a new channel that pairs the convenience of online shopping with the personal touch of an
in-store
retail experience in the comfort of end customer’s (the “Consumer”) homes. We are reinventing the retail experience and
commerce-at-home
by leveraging innovative technologies, working with leading global telecommunication and technology companies, and developing a blankpassionate and caring workforce.
Our mobile retail sales team (“Experts”), led by their managers (“Captains”), provide everything that is provided by a store in the comfort of a home including
set-up,
activation and demonstration of the products we deliver. We assist Consumers in evaluating and selecting a wide range of accessories, media subscriptions, device protection, broadband and other services. We will also assist in the
trade-in
and upgrade of products. We strive to deliver products with
same-day
or
next-day
frequency.
Segments
The Company has two reportable segments which are determined by geography: North America and Europe. The North America segment consists of operations within the United States and Canada and the Europe segment currently consists of operations within the United Kingdom.
Our Customers
We have contractual partnerships, commercial relationships and/or authorized dealer agreements with leading telecommunications and technology companies (such arrangements, “Business Partnerships”), including AT&T in the US,
BT-EE
(British Telecom) in the UK, Rogers in Canada and Apple in select US cities (such companies, “Customers” or “Business Partners”). We provide the
commerce-at-home
experience to our Business Partners’ Consumers. Enjoy delivers a broad assortment of telecommunications and technology products and accessories for our Business Partners. As of December 31, 2021, our top two Business Partners in the U.S. and the U.K. accounted for 62% and 15% of our revenue, respectively. We expect the percentage of these two Business Partners as a portion of our revenue to decline over time as our partner relationships expand. A loss of or reduction in business from, or consolidation of, these or any other major Business Partners could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, financial performance and prospects.
The Problem
Over the last two decades, eCommerce has upended the traditional physical retail model, shifting commerce from stores to
commerce-at-home.
Digital channels brought the shopping experience to the doorstep, enabling customers to buy and receive their purchases without ever having to leave the home. Fulfillment to the door has been made easier and faster than ever with technology companies achieving massive success through last-mile innovations.
However, the current eCommerce experience has one fundamental flaw: it ends with a package at the door. Brands lose the personal connection to their customers, their ability to provide
in-person
advice and support, and their ability to upsell products and services as online retail continues to gain share. Meanwhile, physical stores continue to close worldwide as eCommerce displaces traditional retail. These trends indicate that in the decades to come there is a substantial opportunity to capitalize on the expanded demand for
commerce-at-home.
This is the power of Enjoy. We are taking the shopping journey through the door by providing a comprehensive experience in the place that matters the most—the home.
4

Table of Contents
Our Solution
It is against this backdrop that we pioneered the Mobile Store, a new channel that combines the convenience of online shopping with the personal touch of an
in-store
retail experience within the comfort of Consumers’ homes. With the Mobile Store, Enjoy provides a high-touch experience, with the support of a trained Expert, wherever is convenient for Consumers. Our platform is underpinned by highly sophisticated machine-learning technologies, resulting in high customer satisfaction and numerous new revenue opportunities for us and our Business Partners.
Our Mobile Stores provide the experience of a traditional physical store, but better. The quality of the retail experience is incredibly important to how Consumers determine overall satisfaction with brands and products. We bring the premium
in-store
experience and the convenience of online shopping to the home. Throughout the
in-home
experience, we set up and activate the Consumer’s product and provide a demonstration of key features. We also help Consumers evaluate and purchase a wide range of accessories, media sources, protection plans, broadband and other services, many of which are on a subscription basis. We also assist Consumers in the
trade-in
and upgrade of products, where applicable.
The relationship formed between Consumers and Experts is not limited to this first visit. For some relationships, we offer the opportunity for the same Expert to follow up with the Consumer and return for a second visit. This allows space for final decisions on products or the presence of another person to help finalize a sale that might have been lost in a traditional retail space and could have been lost in a traditional online shopping environment.
Smart Last Mile
: In the fourth quarter of 2021, we launched Smart Last Mile
in North America, which provides Enjoy’s Business Partners with an omni-channel solution to enable trusted at-home retail experiences and to-the-door deliveries. With Smart Last Mile
, we expect to have more aggregate inventory, all forward deployed in our network, to address a larger share of our Business Partners’ customer demand.
Our Competitive Strengths
Since our inception, we have been developing and leveraging the following key strengths of our robust
go-to
market strategy, which we believe provide significant competitive advantages.
Trusted, embedded Business Partnerships:
Our Business Partnerships are with some of the world’s leading consumer companies with a shared commitment to superior customer service. We believe that the fact that some of the world’s most iconic and valuable brands trust Enjoy with their Consumers is a testament to the high standards that we set for service excellence, and a reflection of the unique value that we provide.
Full-time Experts:
Our team is not a group of contractors or freelancers; they are full-time employees empowered to react to unique circumstances. Our team is passionate about technology and continually focused on delivering world-class service.
Proprietary technology platform:
Our platform was built from the ground up. Our business is custom-built to deliver millions of unique retail experiences to the home. Our technology stack was built by an experienced,
in-house
engineering team from
top-tier
tech companies in Silicon Valley. The end product is a platform that is adaptable to the complexities of our unique business model, making it difficult to replicate. Powered by our proprietary application programming interfaces (APIs), we are integrated with our Business Partners and fully embedded into their online
buy-flows
as well as select Business Partners’ call centers and stores.
Compelling value proposition:
We believe that we have found the solution on how to bring the best of the store to the comfort of the home. Our Mobile Store delivers and activates new products for free in the comfort of the home. Not only can Consumers skip the trip to the store, but they can also purchase additional products and services, such as accessories, subscriptions and upgrades, all within a single visit.
Unique business model:
We believe we invented and optimized a
commerce-at-home
retail channel through our Smart Last Mile
platform that addresses specific pain points for our Business Partners and Consumers and enables at-home retail experiences and to-the-door deliveries. We have established Business Partnerships with
5

Table of Contents
premium consumer brands in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada, which we believe is extremely difficult to duplicate and allows us to scale across the globe at a near-zero Consumer acquisition cost.
High growth, scalable, and asset-light:
Our warehouses and vehicle fleet are fully leased to reduce capital outlay, and our inventory is 100% consigned, minimizing working capital requirements.
We believe this asset-light model, coupled with our existing dynamic technology infrastructure, and our
in-place
training and onboarding procedures allow us to effectively scale our business. Coupled with strong market dynamics in eCommerce, we believe we have the ability to add new Business Partners, expand our geographic footprint domestically and internationally and grow our market share quickly. Our executive team has experience building, growing, and transforming dynamic growth businesses and we believe this will enable our continued growth for many years.
Visionary and experienced leadership:
Founder and CEO Ron Johnson, alongside Enjoy’s experienced and multidisciplinary leadership team, brings a proven track record, a deep expertise in building businesses through innovation, and a demonstrated ability to execute. Enjoy has a highly experienced team in place to pioneer a new future for Consumer retail experiences.
Our Technology Platform
We began designing and developing our proprietary technology stack nearly from inception, as there was no
off-the-shelf
technology solution that could bring the best of the store through the door of the Consumer.
We took a clean sheet of paper to reimagine a retail platform, taking the best of traditional retail and making it an entirely mobile experience. Developing the technology needed to enable a personalized experience to every Consumer is a significant challenge. Through years of development by our
in-house
engineering team, we succeeded in custom building a proprietary platform that is dynamic, intelligent, and adaptable to the complexities of our unique business model.
Integration Platform:
Our Integration Platform enables integration of our experience with each of our Business Partners’ retail and/or sales channels using a combination of real-time APIs and live applications. Customers place orders directly via our Business Partners’ existing retail and/or sales channels by selecting Enjoy at checkout. Orders fulfilled by Enjoy can be directly managed from our Business Partners’ internal systems, including eCommerce, POS and/or CRM. The platform also offers a
turn-key,
single
sign-on
live application to easily enable the Enjoy service offering.
We can implement new B2B (business to business) integrations in weeks by leveraging our
pre-build
accelerator tools, mappings and integration framework. Our platform manages complexity at scale with feature qualities that have positioned Enjoy for fast global expansion and scale.
Our core platform is architected with an adaptive design that allows Enjoy to expedite integration changes. Additionally, this architecture minimizes dependence and engineering development costs to our Business Partners. Once our adaptors are plugged into our Business Partners’ systems, we are able to manage most changes on our own, including deploying new features, piloting features in one or more markets and/or running A/B tests. Our platform features are reusable by our Business Partners while also having enough configurability to meet the individual needs of each of our Business Partners and of Enjoy.
Field Platform:
Our Field Platform provides Experts and their Captains a host of tools to help them manage their days. Each step of an Expert’s day is guided with a native mobile app (Expert app) so they can focus on delivering highly personalized experiences to every Consumer. The Field Platform allows us to track in real time where each Expert is, what they are doing, how long the experience is taking, and how effective the experience has been.
Each Captain gets real-time access to their team of Experts via a field platform app called Live Schedule. With the app, Captains can see live mapping locations, available inventory, and upcoming Consumer visits and
6

Table of Contents
interests. Live Schedule enables unparalleled visibility in a mobile world. Utilized by leaders across Enjoy, Live Schedule enables us to understand an Expert’s day in real-time. It also drives real-time insights that help our leaders provide coaching and support to Experts in real-time.
Mobile Inventory Management Platform:
Our Mobile Inventory Management Platform provides a real-time warehouse and logistics management application. The platform manages the
end-to-end
movement of inventory, providing streamlined flows that enable Enjoy fulfillment teams to execute with incredible speed, accuracy, and efficiency. Moreover, our systems use a wealth of data—including demand, scheduling and route planning—to predict and prescribe what inventory to prepare for each visit. Our mobile inventory system will optimize committed inventory and additional inventory for incremental sales and provides insights on availability, routing flexibility, and many other use cases. It also packages the inventory into a pick and pack list that takes fulfillment operators through the warehouse in only one pass.
Smart Routing and Activity Assignment Algorithm:
Our Smart Routing and Activity Assignment Algorithm is a proprietary algorithm that matches Experts and inventory with Consumer orders in real-time. This real-time predictive planning model maximizes daily revenue and provides the best experience for every Consumer’s needs by regularly
re-optimizing
routes and activities. The model generates routes and activities based on where every Expert is, where and when visits are scheduled, inventory availability, changing traffic conditions, and optimal times for Expert breaks.
Live Catalog:
Live Catalog is a proprietary merchandising platform (and app) available in select visits. It allows Experts to show Consumers all available inventory in the Expert’s vehicle at that moment. Consumers can browse and purchase the available inventory
on-the-spot.
Consumers gain access to Live Catalog through a text from the Expert or a QR code scan during the visit. In addition, when a Consumer expresses interest in purchasing a product or service that is unavailable in the vehicle but available at the warehouse, we are able to capture this need via Live Catalog and schedule a future
follow-up
visit for that Consumer, reserving the inventory for that Consumer
on-the-spot.
Development Operations Platform:
Our technology is hosted on a third-party cloud computing infrastructure that can scale up quickly and efficiently. Our Development Operations Platform provides engineers with access to
on-demand
staging environments with the push of a button, allowing them to pick their mix of Enjoy-developed applications, features, and databases. This allows our engineers to build prototypes for full-scale major feature releases with alerting, reporting, automated tests, escalations, and feature flagging at the market and individual levels.
Data Platform:
Our proprietary data platform delivers real-time data pipelines from all proprietary and nonproprietary systems. It maintains a central library of our data dictionary and definitions covering all aspects of our business.
The data platform is designed and built to scale. It leverages a variety of proprietary and commercially available tools to deliver consistent Key Performance Indicators and business performance metrics to all cross-functional teams and individuals within Enjoy. Further, the self-healing data pipeline created to build the underlying data repository and data warehouses ensure consistent and near-real time data insights that keep our stakeholders aligned and focused on priority opportunities.
Our data platform uses predictive learning models to power rapid experimentation, “what if” scenario simulations, and forecasting, all while enabling our business teams to succeed at scale.
Strategic Initiatives
: We expect to launch several strategic initiatives, including technology changes, to help mitigate future inventory challenges. Most importantly, we expect to have the ability to take future orders without currently possessing inventory just in time for the Fall 2022 new product introductions.
Competition
The
commerce-at-home
experience represents a shift in the traditional retail model by bringing a personalized, convenient retail experience through the door and into the comfort of Consumers’ homes. We believe that our differentiated model limits the number of direct competitors. As such, rather than direct competitors, we have
7

Table of Contents
indirect competitors in related service industries that compete with us for the time and attention of Consumers, but do not provide the same fulsome experience as us. These competitors include, but are not limited to:
Traditional
on-demand
“to the door” delivery services; and
Similar through the door services of traditional retailers and independent service providers.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include, but are not limited to:
Near-zero Consumer acquisition cost;
Operational efficiency and speed of delivery;
Business Partnerships;
Technological innovation;
Ability to attract, train, and retain talent;
Service standards and capabilities;
Consumer experience; and
Asset-light model.
We believe that our unique
commerce-at-home
model, trust-oriented industry Business Partnerships and high service standards differentiate us from other service-oriented participants and provide us with an important competitive advantage.
Seasonality
We have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in sales due to the spending patterns of Consumers. Our revenue has generally been lowest in the first and second calendar quarters due to lower consumer demand following the fourth quarter holiday season and because of the decline in sales that typically occurs in anticipation of the introduction of new or enhanced smartphone and consumer technology, which usually take place in the third calendar quarter and which tend to drive sales in that quarter and the following quarter. Further, our revenue tends to be higher in the third and fourth calendar quarter due to seasonal sales such as “Black Friday” and “Cyber Monday,” as Consumers tend to make higher purchases during the holiday season. Our revenue for the second calendar quarter is generally the lowest of the year followed by the first calendar quarter.
Human Capital Management
Our mission is to deliver joy through life-improving mobile retail experiences each and every day. We believe that our continued success is dependent upon execution of this mission, and a critical component of delivering the best customer experiences is attracting, motivating and retaining great talent.
As of December 31, 2021, we had 2,723 full time employees, of which 2,255 are located in the North America segment and 468 are located in the Europe segment. We also employed 19 part time employees, of which 12 are located in the North America segment and 7 are located in the Europe segment.
We are committed to delivering a deeply rewarding experience for our employees and are continually focused on talent development and management. We have implemented a robust annual goal-setting and performance management process to drive Enjoy’s mission, through which we strive to ensure that employee performance is connected to our company strategy and goals, and employees are aligned with our core values: Experience Obsessed, Growth Mindset, Justice, Kindness and Winning Together. To facilitate talent attraction and retention, we focus on creating strong teams and a culture of innovation at every level of our organization through these core values. We also endeavor to offer a fair and competitive compensation and benefits program, provide a safe
8

Table of Contents
workplace and foster a community where everyone feels empowered to do their best work and like they can be themselves. Our company culture is at the forefront of everything we do. We value open lines of communication, and solicit feedback from our workforce through ongoing, periodic surveys, as well as hold weekly virtual town hall meetings on a wide range of topics to ensure that employees are engaged.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of business conduct and ethics, and promoting a culture of integrity and accountability. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”), which applies to each employee, officer, director, intern, contractor and agent who acts on our behalf, reinforces our core values and reflects the business practices and principles that support this commitment. Training on the Code of Conduct is mandatory upon employment. Highlights from our Code of Conduct include a
non-retaliation
policy for anyone who, acting in good faith, notifies us of a possible violation of the Code of Conduct, our policies or the law; a commitment to human rights; a conflicts of interest policy; a statement on environmental compliance; and a policy on international business laws, including laws prohibiting bribery, corruption or the conduct of business with specified individuals, companies or countries.
Talent Development
We are committed to investing in our employees’ growth and development. Enjoy endeavors to provide employees with access to the tools and support they need to be successful, including a comprehensive onboarding program and bespoke ongoing learning programs engineered for continued learning and development. Additionally, we provide a Leadership Development Program for new transitioning, and seasoned leaders in the field and at headquarters to build strong leadership skills and teams across the organization.
Compensation and Benefits
Our compensation programs are designed to attract, motivate and retain employees to achieve Enjoy’s business objectives. Our programs are established based on market research and are designed to meet or exceed market benchmarks. Compensation programs include base salary, short-term incentives and equity awards that are designed to promote a performance-based culture. We also offer a comprehensive benefits program, including medical, dental and vision insurance; life insurance, flexible spending accounts, employee assistance program, paid time off, parental leave and a company-sponsored 401(k) plan.
Advancing Justice
We are an equal opportunity employer and committed to providing a work environment that is free of discrimination, bullying and harassment, and strive to maintain a culture that promotes equity, diversity and inclusion. We believe in the power of Enjoy employees’ combined voices to bring about change within Enjoy and in the communities we serve by working towards equity and holding ourselves accountable to just outcomes. We encourage our employees to identify injustices that affect the Enjoy community and collaboratively identify and implement solutions for lasting change. In addition, we create space for learning, listening, and inclusion through anonymous employee surveys and feedback, a dedicated Slack channel, as well as employee belonging groups. In 2021, we designated Juneteenth as an observed holiday and had our very first Day of Justice where we held listening and learning sessions with Diversity, Equity and Inclusion experts.
Health and Safety
Safety is very important to us, and we strive to provide our employees with a safe workplace and prioritize their physical and mental health and well-being. One of the ways in which we do this is by offering an Employee Assistance Program, which gives employees access to licensed professional counselors and other specialists at no cost for help with balancing work and life issues. Additionally, we offer our employees a confidential digital mental health wellbeing platform, Unmind, that can be accessed on any device at any time.
9

Table of Contents
We also offer a wellness library comprised of country-specific supporting links to support mental, physical and financial well-being. Finally, we have programs that encompass occupational safety, emergency preparedness, occupational injury and illness, physical work, driver safety, dangerous goods handling and sanitation.
Approach to
COVID-19
Given the
in-person
nature of our field operations, following the onset of the
COVID-19
pandemic, we instituted contactless procedures to ensure the safety of our Field Experts and Consumers. We previously implemented a robust testing, masking and temperature check company incorporatedprogram to prevent the spread of the virus, restricted travel, provided PPE and increased the sanitization of our facilities. We also instituted weekly meetings involving a cross-functional team, including key senior management, to ensure that
COVID-19
related matters were addressed in a manner that was aligned with public health guidance and local regulations. As we continue to navigate through the evolving pandemic, we continue to evaluate ways to support the well-being of our employees in accordance with local laws and regulations and have dedicated internal teams that support our employees.
Intellectual Property
We rely on October 16, 2020trademarks, domain names, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, contractual provisions and restrictions on access and use to establish and protect our proprietary rights.
As of December 31, 2021 we have 27 trademark registrations and applications in the United States and in several other jurisdictions outside the United States, including registrations for “Enjoy” and the Enjoy logo.
We are the registered holder of a variety of domestic domain names, including “enjoy.com.”
In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, we enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with certain employees, consultants, contractors and Business Partners. Certain employees and contractors are also subject to invention assignment agreements. We further control the use of our proprietary technology and intellectual property through provisions in both our general and product-specific terms of use on our website.
Government Regulations
We operate in a regulated industry and are currently subject to, and may in the future become subject to, a wide variety of laws and regulations in the United States and other jurisdictions. These laws, regulations, and standards govern issues such as Internet and eCommerce, labor and employment, commissions and fees, anti-discrimination, payments, gift cards, whistleblowing and worker confidentiality obligations, product liability, environmental protection, personal injury, intellectual property, Consumer protection and warnings, marketing, taxation, privacy, data security, competition, unionizing and collective action, arbitration agreements and class action waiver provisions, terms of service, mobile application and website accessibility, money transmittal, and background checks. These regulations are often complex and subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may change or develop over time through judicial decisions or as new guidance or interpretations are provided by regulatory and governing bodies, such as federal, state, and local administrative agencies. For a discussion of the various risks we face from regulation and compliance matters, see “
Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment
”.
Corporate History and Background
Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp. (“MRAC” and, after the Domestication as described below, “New Enjoy”), our predecessor, a Cayman Islands exempted company, forentered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
10

Table of Contents
April 28, 2021 and amended on July 23, 2021 and September 13, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among MRAC, MRAC Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of MRAC (“Merger Sub”), and Enjoy Technology Operating Corp. (f/k/a Enjoy Technology Inc.) (“Legacy Enjoy”), a Delaware corporation. We refer to the purposetransactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement as the “Merger” and together with the Domestication (as defined below) as the “Transactions”.
On October 14, 2021, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, MRAC filed a notice of effectingderegistration with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies, together with the necessary accompanying documents, and filed a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combinationcertificate of incorporation and a certificate of corporate domestication with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”). We have reviewed, and continue to review, a numberthe Secretary of opportunities to enter into a Business Combination with an operating business, but we are not able to determine at this time whether we will complete a Business Combination with anyState of the target businesses that we have reviewedState of Delaware, under which MRAC was domesticated and continues as a Delaware corporation, changing its name to “Enjoy Technology, Inc.” (the “Domestication”). On October 15, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), Legacy Enjoy consummated the Transactions with New Enjoy as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and New Enjoy common stock and warrants began trading on the Nasdaq under the ticker symbols “ENJY” and ENJYW”, respectively.
Legacy Enjoy was incorporated in the state of Delaware in May 2014 and is headquartered in Palo Alto, California. Our telephone number is (888)
463-6569.
Our website is
www.enjoy.com
.
Available Information
We make available, free of charge through our website, our annual reports on Form
10-K,
quarterly reports on Form
10-Q
and current reports on Form
8-K,
and amendments to those reports, filed or with any other target business. We also have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenuefurnished pursuant to date. Based on our business activities, we are a “shell company” as defined underSections 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (the “Exchange Act”) becauseas amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.
The SEC maintains an internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and, as a result, you may lose all or part of your investment.
In the course of conducting our business operations, we are exposed to a variety of risks. Any of the risk factors we describe below have noaffected or could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The market price of shares of our common stock could decline, possibly significantly or permanently, if one or more of these risks and uncertainties occurs. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risks Related to Our Business and Operations
The
COVID-19
pandemic is unprecedented and has impacted, and may continue to impact, our key metrics and results of operations in numerous ways that remain volatile and nominal assets consisting solelyunpredictable.
The impact of cash and/the ongoing
COVID-19
pandemic is severe, widespread, and continues to evolve. The pandemic and related government and private sector responsive actions have already affected the broader economies and financial markets, triggering an economic downturn, which has at points adversely affected, and could again adversely affect demand for our services. It is impossible to predict all effects and the ultimate impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic, as the situation continues to rapidly evolve. The
COVID-19
pandemic has disrupted the global supply chain and the preventative and protective measures currently in place, or cash equivalents.

which may be instituted

On October 28, 2020, our Sponsor paid

11

Table of Contents
or
re-instituted
in the aggregate $25,000,future, such as quarantines, business limitations and shutdowns, and travel restrictions, may interfere with the ability to deliver services to Consumers. If our ability to provide services are restricted or approximately $0.002 per share,shut down, our revenue could be negatively impacted.
In addition, in response to cover certainthe
COVID-19
pandemic, we are requiring or have required our employees to work remotely, and it is possible that this could have a negative impact on the execution of our expensesbusiness plans and operations. If a natural disaster, power outage, connectivity issue, or other event occurred that impacted our employees’ ability to work remotely, it may be difficult or, in considerationcertain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of 10,062,500 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“Founder Shares”). On November 10, 2020,time. The increase in remote working may pose increased risks to our Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, resultinginformation technology assets, data and also result in an aggregateconsumer privacy and fraud concerns.
Our results of 9,343,750 Founder Shares outstanding. As a result of such surrender,operations may be materially affected by adverse conditions in the per-share purchase price increased to approximately $0.003 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based oncapital markets and the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% ofeconomy generally, both in the issuedUnited States and outstanding ordinary shares upon completion of the Initial Public Offering. The per share purchase price of the Founder Shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the Company by the aggregate number of Founder Shares issued. On December 11, 2020, our Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors at their original purchase price.

On December 17, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 37,375,000 units (the “Units”) of the Company, including the issuance of 4,875,000 Unitsinternationally, as a result of the underwriter’s exercise

COVID-19
pandemic. Uncertainty in the economy, including the impact of inflation, could adversely impact consumer purchases of discretionary items across the consumer electronics market. We have also seen significant and rapid shifts in consumer purchasing behavior as this pandemic has evolved, particularly as it relates to what may be perceived as “essential” versus
“non-essential
items.” Our business was materially impacted by
COVID-19
in several ways. Typically, Consumer interactions occur within the Consumer’s home. Social distancing protocols changed the way we interact with the Consumer and our
in-home
visits fell to zero in the early stages of the pandemic. Depending on the geography, during certain periods we had no
in-home
visits and these visits remained significantly below
pre-COVID
levels throughout the pandemic. In addition, the Company furloughed employees in the U.K. beginning in April 2020 through August 2020 and again starting January 2021 through August 2021. These factors negatively impacted both Daily Mobile Store counts and Daily Revenue per Mobile store. To protect our employees and Consumers we implemented a variety of programs to provide masks, cleaning supplies and other protocols that remain in place. The Company cannot at this time predict the specific extent, duration, or full impact that the
COVID-19
outbreak will have on our financial condition and operations. The full impact of its over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary sharethe
COVID-19
outbreak on management estimates and the financial performance of the Company parmay depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak, including new variants and their resistance to vaccines and related governmental advisories and restrictions. In addition, the Company could see some limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on operations, including but not limited to sickness of employees or their families, desire for employees to avoid contact with groups of people, and increased reliance on working from home. It is also difficult to predict how our business might be impacted by changing consumer spending patterns as a result of the
COVID-19
pandemic. Factors that could affect consumers’ willingness to make discretionary purchases include, among others: general business conditions, levels of employment, interest rates, tax rates, the availability of consumer credit, consumer confidence in future economic conditions and stimulus checks and risks, inflation, or the public perception of risks related to epidemics or pandemics like
COVID-19.
In the event of a prolonged economic downturn or acute recession, consumer spending habits could be adversely affected, and we could experience lower than expected revenue, net income, and Adjusted EBITDA.
We have a limited operating history with a new model and strategy for delivering product and services in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.
We launched operations in 2015 and our business and service model are new and untested, without a proven precedent, and we may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by Business Partners and Consumers necessary for commercial success and meeting our financial forecast. This limited operating history and our evolving business make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter. These risks and challenges include our ability to:
accurately forecast our revenue and plan our operating expenses;
increase the number of and maintain existing multi-year contractual relationships with leading telecommunications and technology companies;
12

Table of Contents
increase the number of and retain existing Consumers and Experts that service Consumers;
successfully compete with current and future competitors;
successfully expand our business in existing markets and enter new markets and geographies;
anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes and changes in the markets in which we operate;
maintain and enhance the value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Ordinary Shares”of our reputation and togetherbrand;
adapt to rapidly evolving trends in the ways consumers interact with technology;
avoid interruptions or disruptions in our services;
develop a scalable, high-performance infrastructure that can efficiently and reliably handle increased demand, as well as the deployment of new features and services;
hire, integrate, and retain talented technology, sales, customer service, and other personnel;
effectively manage rapid growth in our personnel and operations; and
effectively manage our costs related to Experts.
If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, including those associated with the Founder Shares,challenges listed above as well as those described elsewhere in this “
Risk Factors
” section, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Further, because we have limited historical financial data and operate in a rapidly evolving market, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market. We have encountered in the “ordinary shares”past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating histories in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our operating results are subject to the seasonal nature of our Business Partners’ businesses and consumer behavior patterns.
Our business is highly dependent on consumer behavior patterns that we have observed over time. A portion of our Business Partners experience seasonal slowdowns. We have historically experienced higher revenue in the third and fourth calendar quarters as compared to other quarters in our fiscal year due in part to seasonal holiday demand. Additionally, new product and service introductions, as well as the timing of such product and service introductions, can significantly impact revenue and operating expenses. Other seasonality trends may develop and the existing seasonality and consumer behavior that we experience may change or become more significant. As a result, analysts and investors may inaccurately estimate the effects of seasonality on our operating results in one or more future quarters and, consequently, our operating results may fall below expectations.
We may not succeed in promoting and sustaining our brand or commercial relationships, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and harm our business.
A critical component of our future growth is our ability to promote and sustain our brand and commercial relationships, which we believe can be achieved by providing a high-quality Consumer experience. An important element of our brand promotion strategy is establishing a relationship of trust with our Business Partners and Consumers. In order to provide a high-quality Customer and Consumer experience, we have invested and intend to continue to invest substantial amounts of resources in the development and functionality of our website, technology infrastructure, customer service operations, and personnel development. Our ability to provide a high-quality experience for Consumers and Customers is also highly dependent on external factors over which we may have little or no control, including, without limitation, suppliers and third-party carriers. If Consumers are
13

Table of Contents
dissatisfied with the quality of the products they have been sold or the service they receive and their overall experience, or if we or our Business Partners cannot deliver products to Consumers in a timely manner or at all, our Business Partners and Consumers may stop using our services.
Our failure to provide our Business Partners and Consumers with high-quality services for any reason could substantially harm our reputation and adversely impact our efforts to develop Enjoy as a trusted brand and business partner, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
There is also increased focus, including by Consumers, investors, employees and other stakeholders, as well as by governmental and
non-governmental
organizations, on social, environmental and sustainability matters.
Our reputation could be damaged if we or our Business Partners do not (or are perceived not to) act responsibly regarding social, environmental and sustainability standards or, if we fail to appropriately respond to concerns raised by Consumers, investors and other interested persons, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our commercial relationships, results of operations and business could be harmed.
We have experienced rapid growth in our headcount and operations, both through organic growth and recent commercial relationships. This growth places substantial demands on management and our operational infrastructure. Many of our employees have been with us for fewer than 18 months. We have made, and intend to continue to make, substantial investments in our technology, customer care, sales and marketing infrastructure. As we continue to grow, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees, while maintaining the beneficial aspects of our company culture. We may not be able to manage growth effectively. If we do not manage the growth of our business and operations effectively, the quality of our services and the efficiency of our operations could suffer, which could harm our commercial relationships, business and results of operations.
We identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect our business and stock price.
In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting were identified as of December 31, 2019 and remain
un-remediated
as of December 31, 2021. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses identified are as follows:
We did not design and maintain an effective control environment commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. Specifically, we lacked a sufficient number of professionals with (i) an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, training and experience to appropriately analyze, record and disclose accounting matters timely and accurately, and (ii) an appropriate level of knowledge and experience to establish effective processes and controls. Additionally, the lack of a sufficient number of professionals resulted in an inability to consistently establish appropriate authorities and responsibilities in pursuit of our financial reporting objectives, as demonstrated by, among other things, insufficient segregation of duties in our finance and accounting functions.
We did not design and maintain effective controls in response to the risks of material misstatement. Specifically, changes to existing controls or the implementation of new controls were not sufficient to respond to changes to the risks of material misstatement to financial reporting.
14

These material weaknesses contributed to the following additional material weaknesses:
We did not design and maintain effective controls over the segregation of duties related to journal entries and account reconciliations. Specifically, certain personnel have the ability to both (i) create and post journal entries within our general ledger system and (ii) prepare and review account reconciliations.
We did not design and maintain effective controls over information technology (“IT”) general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of the financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and one-fourthmaintain: (i) program change management controls for all financial systems to ensure that information technology program and data changes affecting financial IT applications and underlying accounting records are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and that adequately restrict user and privileged access to financial applications and data to appropriate personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure that critical batch jobs are monitored, and data backups are authorized and monitored; and (iv) testing and approval controls for program development to ensure that new software development is aligned with business and IT requirements. These IT deficiencies did not result in a misstatement to the financial statements, however, the deficiencies, when aggregated, could impact our ability to maintain effective segregation of duties, as well as the effectiveness of
IT-dependent
controls (such as automated controls that address the risk of material misstatement to one or more assertions, along with the IT controls and underlying data that support the effectiveness of system-generated data and reports) that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined these deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.
The material weaknesses described above did not result in a misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements. However, each of these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of our financial statement accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
Our management has expended, and will continue to expend, a substantial amount of effort and resources for the remediation of the previously identified material weaknesses. We have taken, and will continue to take, the following actions towards remediation of the material weaknesses.
We have hired, and will continue to hire, personnel with appropriate level of knowledge, training, and experience in accounting and finance to improve our financial accounting and reporting departments and our internal control over financial reporting. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we provided financial reporting and internal control training to enhance employees’ competence and experience required to fulfill their roles and responsibilities.
During the fourth quarter of 2021, we initiated performing a risk assessment over our financial reporting and our internal control over financial reporting, including identification of financially relevant systems and business processes at the financial statement assertion level, and to identify controls to address the identified risks. We will continue to complete our risk assessment and enhance the design of existing controls, as well as implement new controls in future periods.
We plan to design and implement controls over the preparation and review of journal entries and account reconciliations, including controls over the segregation of duties. We have begun to strengthen, and will continue to strengthen, controls related to segregation of duties related to financial accounting and reporting systems.
We plan to design and implement IT general controls, including controls over the provisioning and monitoring of user access rights and privileges, change management processes and procedures, batch job and data backup authorization and monitoring, and program development approval and testing.
15

Table of Contents
We are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment and implementing measures designed to help ensure that control deficiencies contributing to the material weaknesses are remediated as soon as possible. We have made progress towards remediation and will continue to implement our remediation plan for the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described above. We will not consider the material weaknesses remediated until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time, and management has concluded, through testing, that the controls are operating effectively.
We are working to remediate the material weaknesses as efficiently and effectively as possible and expect full remediation could potentially go beyond fiscal year 2022. At this time, we cannot provide an estimate of costs expected to be incurred in connection with implementing this remediation plan; however, these remediation measures will be time consuming, will result in us incurring significant costs, and will place significant demands on our financial and operational resources.
While we believe these efforts will remediate the material weaknesses, we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing or any required remediation in a timely fashion, or at all. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date and may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting or that they will prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is subject to various inherent limitations, including cost limitations, judgments used in decision making, assumptions about the likelihood of future events, the possibility of human error and the risk of fraud. Any failure to design or maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or any difficulties encountered in the implementation or improvement could increase compliance costs, negatively impact share trading prices, or otherwise have a material and adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
We may not timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology and business to meet the expectations of our Business Partners, which would adversely affect our business, reputation, financial performance, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the availability of our services. However, it may become increasingly difficult to meet our Business Partners’ expectations and maintain, improve and scale our platform and services due to factors beyond our control. If our services are unavailable when Business Partners and Consumers attempt to access them, or if we fail to meet their expectations, Business Partners and Consumers may seek other service providers, and may not return to our platform as often in the future, or at all. This would adversely affect our ability to attract Business Partners, Consumers, and Experts, and decrease the frequency with which Business Partners and Consumers use our services. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our services as needed, or continually develop our logistics systems to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.
We rely on consumer discretionary spending, which is adversely affected by economic downturns, including economic recession or depression, and other macroeconomic conditions or trends.
Our business and operating results are subject to global economic conditions and their impact on consumer discretionary spending, particularly in the consumer electronics market. One of the factors that may negatively influence consumer spending on consumer electronics is economic downturns, including economic recessions or depressions, high levels of unemployment, higher consumer debt levels, inflation rates, reductions in net worth, and declines in asset values and related market uncertainty, home foreclosures and reductions in home values, fluctuating interest rates and credit availability, fluctuating fuel and other energy costs, fluctuating commodity prices and general uncertainty regarding the overall future political and economic environment. Many of these factors have occurred, and may continue to become more prevalent, as a result of the
COVID-19
pandemic. Economic conditions in certain regions may also be affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes,
16

Table of Contents
wildfires, and threats to public health, such as the current outbreak of
COVID-19
pandemic. Consumer purchases of new electronics may decline during periods of economic uncertainty, when disposable income is reduced or when there is a reduction in consumer confidence.
We depend on our highly skilled employees to grow and operate our business, and if we are unable to hire, retain, manage, compensate appropriately, train and motivate our employees, or if our new employees do not perform as we anticipate, we may not be able to grow effectively and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our future success will depend in part on the continued service of our founders, senior management team, key technical employees, and other highly skilled employees, including Ron Johnson, our
co-founder
and Chief Executive Officer, and on our ability to continue to identify, hire, develop, motivate, compensate appropriately, train and retain talented employees. We may not be able to retain the services of any of our employees or other members of senior management in the future. Also, all of our U.S.-based employees, including our senior management team and Mr. Johnson, work for us on an
at-will
basis, and there is no assurance that any such employee will remain with us. Our competitors may be successful in recruiting and hiring members of our senior management team or other key employees, and it may be difficult for us to find suitable replacements on a timely basis, on competitive terms, or at all. If we are unable to attract and retain the necessary employees, particularly in critical areas of our business, we may not achieve our strategic goals. In addition, from time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team that may be disruptive to our business. If our senior management team fails to work together effectively and to execute its plans and strategies, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We face intense competition for highly skilled employees. To attract and retain top talent, we have had to offer, and we believe we will need to continue to offer, competitive compensation and benefits packages. Job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors and may not appreciate. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines for this or other reasons, it may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain highly qualified employees. Certain of our employees have received significant proceeds from sales of our equity in private transactions and many of our employees may receive significant proceeds from sales of our equity in the public markets, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us. We may need to invest significant amounts of cash and equity to attract and retain new employees and expend significant time and resources to identify, recruit, train, and integrate such employees, and we may never realize returns on these investments. If we are unable to effectively manage our hiring needs or successfully integrate new hires, our efficiency, ability to meet forecasts, and employee morale, productivity, and engagement could suffer, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Changes in the availability of and the cost of labor could adversely affect our business.
Our business could be adversely impacted by increases in labor costs, both domestically and internationally, including increases triggered by regulatory actions regarding wages, scheduling and benefits; increased health care and workers’ compensation insurance costs; increased wages and costs of other benefits necessary to attract and retain high quality employees with the right skill sets and increased wages, benefits and costs related to the
COVID-19
pandemic. The growth of our business can make it increasingly difficult to locate and hire sufficient numbers of employees, to maintain an effective system of internal controls and to train employees worldwide to deliver a consistently high-quality product and Consumer experience, which could materially harm our business and results of operations. Additionally, while our employees are not unionized, if they were to become unionized, our labor costs could increase and our business could be negatively affected by other requirements and expectations that could increase our costs, change our employee culture, decrease our operational flexibility and disrupt our business, which could adversely affect our operating efficiency. Further, our responses to any union organizing efforts could negatively impact how our brand is perceived and have adverse effects on our business, including on our financial results.
17

Table of Contents
The market for the Mobile Store is still in relatively early stages of growth, and if this market does not continue to grow, grows slower than we expect, or fails to grow as large as we expect, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
The Mobile Store market has grown rapidly since we launched operations in 2015, but it is still relatively new, and it is uncertain to what extent market acceptance will continue to grow, if at all. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of people to widely adopt the Mobile Store experience and the services that we offer. If the public does not perceive these services as beneficial, or chooses not to adopt them as a result of concerns regarding safety, affordability, or for other reasons, whether as a result of incidents related to our Business Partners’ products and services or at the point of delivery or otherwise, or instead adopts alternative solutions that may arise, then the market for our services may not further develop, may develop slower than we expect, or may not achieve the growth potential we expect, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
If we do not continue to innovate and further develop our services, we fail to perform our services effectively and keep up with product life cycles or consumer upgrade behavior, or we are not able to keep pace with technological developments, we may not remain competitive and our business and results of operations could suffer.
Our success depends in part on our ability to continue to innovate and further develop our services. To remain competitive, we must continuously enhance and improve our services. If we fail to expand the suite of services that we offer, or if we fail to continuously enhance and improve our existing services to keep up with product life cycles or consumer upgrade behavior, our ability to retain and acquire Consumers and Business Partners could be adversely affected. Our future success could depend on our ability to expand our product mix and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices in a cost-effective and timely manner.
We have scaled our business rapidly, and significant new features and services have in the past resulted in, and in the future may continue to result in, operational challenges affecting our business. Developing and launching enhancements to our services may involve significant technical risks and upfront capital investments that may not generate return on investment. We may use new technologies ineffectively, or we may fail to adapt to emerging industry standards. If we face material delays in introducing new or enhanced services or if our recently introduced offerings do not perform in accordance with our expectations, our Business Partners and Consumers that utilize our services may forego the use of our services in favor of those of our competitors.
We are involved in and may pursue additional strategic relationships. We may have limited control over such relationships, and these relationships may not provide the anticipated benefits.
We are involved in various strategic relationships, including with Apple, AT&T, BT Group, including EE, and Rogers Communications, which we expect will benefit our business and help us to achieve growth in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, our top two Business Partners in the U.S. and the U.K. accounted for 62% and 15% of our revenue, respectively. We expect the percentage of these two Business Partners as a portion of our revenue to decline over time as our partner relationships expand. A loss of or reduction in business from, or consolidation of, these or any other major Business Partners could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, financial performance and prospects.
We also may pursue and enter into additional strategic relationships in the future. Such relationships involve risks, including but not limited to: maintaining good working relationships with the other party; any economic or business interests of the other party that are inconsistent with ours; the other party’s failure to fund its share of capital for operations or to fulfill its other commitments, including providing accurate and timely accounting and financial information to us, which could negatively impact our operating results; loss of key personnel; actions taken by our commercial relationships that may not be compliant with applicable rules, regulations and laws;
18

Table of Contents
reputational concerns regarding our Business Partners or our leadership; bankruptcy, requiring us to assume all risks and capital requirements related to the relationship, and the related bankruptcy proceedings potentially having an adverse impact on the relationship; and any actions arising out of the relationship that may result in reputational harm or legal exposure to us. Further, these relationships may not deliver the benefits that were originally anticipated. Any of these factors may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
We are committed to expanding our service offerings and enhancing the Mobile Store experience, which will require significant operating expenditures, may not maximize short-term financial results and may yield results that conflict with the market’s expectations, which could result in our stock price being adversely affected.
We are passionate about expanding our services and continually enhancing the Mobile Store experience, with a focus on driving long-term engagement through innovation, the expansion of our services, and providing high-quality support, which may not necessarily maximize short-term financial results. We frequently make business decisions that may reduce our short-term financial results if we believe that the decisions are consistent with our goals to improve the Mobile Store experience, which we believe will improve our financial results over the long term. These decisions may not be consistent with the short-term expectations of our stockholders and may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our growth, business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We face intense indirect competition in attracting Consumers, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.
The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive and are characterized by shifting user preferences, fragmentation, and frequent introductions of new services and offerings. Our Business Partners do not currently depend on a local,
in-home
sales team, and the development of their own sales team, rather than their reliance on us, could negatively affect our business. As we continue to expand our presence internationally, we will also face competition in these markets. In addition, we compete with traditional brick and mortar retailers with regard to capturing consumer attention. Changing traditional retail habits is difficult, and if Business Partners and consumers do not embrace the transition to local,
in-home
delivery as we expect, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our future competitors may have competitive advantages, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, greater category share in certain markets, established relationships with Customers and larger existing user bases in certain markets, more successful marketing capabilities, and substantially greater financial, technical and other resources than we have. Greater financial resources, technical expertise and sales tactics may allow these competitors to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer preferences that may render our services less attractive or obsolete. If we fail to attract certain partners in a specific geographic market, or if partners choose to engage exclusively with our competitors, we may lack a sufficient variety and supply of product offerings or lack access to the most popular products, such that our offering would become less appealing to consumers. Our competitors may also make acquisitions or establish cooperative or other strategic relationships among themselves or with others, including electronics manufacturers. Our competitors could also introduce new offerings with competitive price and performance characteristics or undertake more aggressive marketing campaigns than ours. Such competitive pressures may lead us to maintain or lower our rates and fees or maintain or increase our incentives, discounts and promotions in order to remain competitive, particularly in markets where we do not have a leading position. Such efforts may negatively affect our financial performance, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will be successful.
For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully. If we lose existing Business Partners, Consumers, or Experts that utilize or provide our services, fail to attract new Business Partners, Consumers, or Experts, or are forced to make pricing concessions as a result of increased competition, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.
19

Table of Contents
Risks associated with our product mix and our current and future Business Partners for whom we provide services and deliver product could adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and commercial relationships.
Our financial performance is affected by the mix of products we deliver during a given period. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to successfully alter or expand our product mix to include higher gross margin products. Our financial forecasts and guidance may include assumptions about product sales mixes. If actual results vary from this projected product mix of sales, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We also depend on our ability to provide Consumers with a wide range of services related to products provided from qualified Business Partners and suppliers in a timely and efficient manner. Our inability to obtain products from suppliers in sufficient quantities, or at all, could adversely affect our product offerings and our business and impact our financial forecasts and guidance. Political and economic instability, global or regional adverse conditions, such as pandemics or other disease outbreaks or natural disasters, the financial stability of suppliers, suppliers’ ability to meet our standards, labor problems experienced by suppliers, the availability or cost of raw materials, merchandise quality issues, currency exchange rates, trade tariff developments, transport availability and cost, including import-related taxes, transport security, inflation and other factors relating to our suppliers are beyond our control. As an example, the ongoing
COVID-19
pandemic could adversely impact supplier facilities and operations due to factory closures and risks of labor shortages, among other things, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to establish new or otherwise extend current commercial relationships on acceptable commercial terms. Our ability to develop and maintain relationships with our Business Partners and offer their high quality merchandise to Consumers is critical to our success. If we are unable to develop and maintain relationships with Business Partners that would allow us to offer a sufficient amount and variety of quality merchandise on acceptable commercial terms, our ability to satisfy Consumers’ needs, and therefore our long-term growth prospects, would be adversely affected.
Further, we rely on our Business Partners’ representations of product quality, safety and compliance with applicable laws and standards. If our Business Partners, suppliers or other vendors violate applicable laws or regulations, or implement practices regarded as unethical, unsafe, or hazardous to the environment, it could damage our reputation and negatively affect our operating results. Further, concerns regarding the safety and quality of products provided by our Business Partners could cause Consumers to avoid purchasing those products, or avoid using our services altogether, even if the basis for the concern is outside of our control. As such, any issue, or perceived issue, regarding the quality and safety of any items we sell, regardless of the cause, could adversely affect our commercial relationships, reputation, operations and financial results.
We also are unable to predict whether any of the countries in which our Business Partners’ products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future will be subject to new, different, or additional trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from suppliers with international manufacturing operations, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs or quotas, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to Consumers and adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and commercial relationships. Furthermore, some or all of our Business Partners’ foreign operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions.
In addition, our business with foreign Customers and suppliers, may be affected by changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies. For example, any movement by any other foreign currency against the U.S. dollar may result in higher costs to consumers for those goods, thus decreasing the need for our services or impairing our ability to deliver our services at their current cost. Declines in foreign currencies and currency exchange rates might negatively affect the profitability and business prospects of one redeemable warrantor more of our foreign suppliers. This, in turn, might cause such foreign suppliers to demand higher prices for merchandise in their effort to offset any lost profits associated with any currency devaluation, delay merchandise shipments, or discontinue selling with us altogether, any of which could ultimately reduce our sales or increase our costs.
20

Table of Contents
We depend on our Business Partners to perform certain services regarding the products that we offer.
Our Business Partners are often responsible for conducting a number of traditional retail operations with respect to their respective products, including maintaining inventory and preparing merchandise for shipment to Consumers. In these instances, we may be unable to ensure that our Business Partners will perform these services to Consumers’ satisfaction in a manner that provides Consumers with a unified brand experience or on commercially reasonable terms.
Moreover, we carry our Business Partners’ products on consignment. This inventory is either manufactured or procured by our Business Partners and delivered to our warehouses. We cannot guarantee with certainty that we will have adequate inventory at all times to support our business. At times our business can face disruptions stemming from inventory shortages driven by new product releases with high consumer demand, supply constraints and political, environmental or other factors. If Consumers become dissatisfied with the products and/or services provided by our Business Partners, our business, reputation and commercial relationships could suffer.
We rely on third-party background check providers to screen potential employees, including Experts, and if such providers fail to provide accurate information or we do not maintain business relationships with them, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We rely on third-party background check providers to provide the civil and criminal records of potential employees, including Experts, to help identify those that are not qualified to join our team pursuant to applicable law or our internal standards, and our business may be adversely affected to the extent such providers do not meet their contractual obligations, our expectations, or the requirements of applicable law or regulations.
If any of our third-party background check providers terminates its relationship with us or refuses to renew its agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms, we may need to find an alternate provider and may not be able to secure similar terms or replace such partners in an acceptable timeframe. In each of the Company, each whole warrant entitlingjurisdictions in which we operate (the United States, Canada and the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. The Units were sold atU.K.), we rely on a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceedssingle third-party background check provider for that jurisdiction. If we cannot find alternate third-party background check providers, in our respective jurisdictions, on terms acceptable to us, we may not be able to timely onboard potential Experts, and as a result, our platform may be less attractive to potential Experts and we may have difficulty finding enough Experts to meet consumer demand. Further, if the background checks conducted by our third-party background check providers are inaccurate or do not otherwise meet our expectations, qualified Experts may be inadvertently excluded from our platform and unqualified Experts may be permitted to make deliveries, and as a result, we may be unable to adequately protect or provide a safe environment for Consumers. In addition, if the background checks conducted by our third-party background check providers do not meet the requirements under applicable laws and regulations, we could face legal liability or negative publicity.
We are also subject to a number of $373,750,000. Substantially concurrentlaws and regulations applicable to background checks for potential and existing Experts that utilize our platform. If we or our third-party background check providers fail to comply with applicable laws, rules, and legislation, our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected, and we could face legal action, including class, collective or other representative actions. In addition, background check qualification processes may be limited in certain jurisdictions based on national and local laws, and our third-party service providers may fail to conduct such background checks adequately or disclose information that could be relevant to a determination of employment eligibility.
In jurisdictions where our industry does not have regulations establishing standards for background checks, we decide on the IPO Closing Date,scope of our background checks and the cadence with which we completedconduct such background checks. By choosing background checks that may be less thorough in scope than we are permitted to conduct under applicable law or regulation, or by failing to run additional background checks after Experts are
on-boarded,
we may face negative publicity or become subject to litigation in the private sale (the “Private Placement”)future.
Any negative publicity related to any of 6,316,667 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”)our third-party background check providers, including publicity related to safety incidents or actual or perceived privacy or data security breaches or other security incidents, could adversely affect our reputation and commercial relationships, and could potentially lead to increased regulatory or litigation exposure. Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
21

Table of Contents
Our policies, procedures and programs to safeguard the health, safety and security of our team members, Consumers and others may not be adequate, and any actual or alleged conduct by our team members has exposed, and may in the future expose, us to legal risk and damage our reputation.
As of December 31, 2021, we had 2,723 full-time employees, of which 2,255 are located in the North America segment and 468 are located in the Europe segment.
Illegal, improper, or otherwise inappropriate activities by employees, particularly Experts, have occurred, and in the future may occur, which could adversely affect our brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations. While we have implemented various measures intended to anticipate, identify, and address the risk of these types of activities and what we believe to be the best practices to safeguard the health, safety and security of our team members, independent contractors, Consumers and others at our
in-home
visits, these measures may not adequately address or prevent all illegal, improper, or otherwise inappropriate activity by these parties from occurring and such conduct could expose us to liability, including through litigation, or adversely affect our brand or reputation. If these policies, procedures and programs are not adequate, or team members do not receive related adequate training or do not follow these policies, procedures and programs for any reason, the consequences may be harmful to us, which could impair our operations and cause us to incur significant legal liability or fines, and negatively impact our commercial partnerships. In addition, negative public opinion could result from actual or alleged conduct by team members.
We may in the future be, named as a purchase pricedefendant in lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant,our business based on alleged acts of misconduct by team members, including Experts on
in-home
visits as well as motor vehicle accidents involving our Experts. These actions may seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, sexual harassment, workplace misconduct, wage and hour claims and other employment-related damages, negligence or gross negligence, punitive damages, consequential damages, and civil penalties or other losses or injunctive or declaratory relief. The outcome of any allegations, lawsuits, claims or legal proceedings is inherently uncertain and could result in significant costs, damage to our Sponsor, generating gross proceedsbrands or reputation and diversion of management’s attention from our business. Our insurance may not cover, or may be insufficient to cover, any legal liability or fines that we incur for health, safety or security incidents
If our insurance coverage is insufficient or our insurers are unable to meet their obligations, our insurance may not mitigate the risks facing our business.
Our insurance policies cover a number of risks and potential liabilities, such as general liability, property coverage, tech errors and omissions liability, employment liability, business interruptions, crime, auto and directors’ and officers’ liability. For certain types of business risk, we may not be able to, or may choose not to, acquire insurance or insurance may not be available to us on economically reasonable terms. In addition, the scope of $9,475,000. The Private Placement Warrantscoverage offered to us by insurers may be limited, and may not include some of our risks or liabilities. In addition, our insurance may not adequately mitigate the risks we face, or we may have to pay high premiums and/or deductibles for the coverage we do obtain. Additionally, if any of our insurers becomes insolvent, such insurers would be unable to pay any claims that we make.
Without obtaining adequate capital funding or improving our financial performance, we may not be able to continue as a going concern.
Our recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern without additional capital raising activities. As a result, we have concluded that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Similarly, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2021, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We believe that we will need additional capital raising activities to fund our expansion plans, realize our business objectives and to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our consolidated financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment.
22

Table of Contents
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could inhibit our growth.
In the future, we could be required to or may decide to raise capital through public or private financings or other arrangements. Such financings or arrangements may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and provisions that are identicalour failure to raise capital when needed or desired could harm our business. Our ability to raise additional capital, if and when required, will depend on, among other factors, investor demand, our operating performance, our credit rating, and the condition of the capital markets. We may sell common stock, convertible securities and other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner as we may determine from time to time. If we sell any such securities in subsequent transactions, holders of our common stock, including holders of any common stock issued upon conversion of our convertible notes, may be materially diluted. New investors in such subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. Debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and could reduce our operational flexibility or profitability. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures or continue as a going concern.
Our recent growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of our future growth.
Our historical growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of future growth. We believe that our continued revenue growth will depend upon, among other factors, our ability to:
build our brand and launch new commercial relationships;
acquire new Consumers and increase repeat purchases from existing Consumers;
develop new features to enhance the warrants soldConsumer experience;
increase the frequency with which new and repeat Consumers purchase products from our Customer’s sites through merchandising, data, analytics and technology;
increase delivery speed and improve the delivery experience for Consumers through the continued
build-out
of our proprietary logistics network;
continue to expand internationally; and
opportunistically pursue strategic acquisitions.
We cannot assure you we will be able to achieve any of the foregoing. Our Consumer base may not continue to grow or may decline as a result of increased competition and the maturation of our business. Failure to continue our revenue growth rates could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. You should not rely on our historical rate of revenue growth as an indication of our future performance.
We have a history of net losses, we anticipate increasing expenses in the future, and we may not be able to maintain or increase profitability in the future.
We have incurred net losses in each year since our founding, we anticipate increasing expenses in the future, and we may not be able to maintain or increase profitability in the future. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company incurred net losses of $220.6 million and $157.8 million, respectively and cash outflows from operations of $174.6 million and $95.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had accumulated deficits of approximately $642.5 million and $421.9 million, respectively. We expect our costs will increase over time and our losses to continue as we expect to invest significant additional funds towards growing our business and operating as a public company. We have expended, and expect to continue to expend, substantial financial and other resources on developing our platform, including expanding our platform offerings, developing or acquiring new platform features and services, expanding into new markets and geographies, and increasing our sales and marketing efforts. These efforts may be more costly than we expect and may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. Any failure to increase our revenue
23

Table of Contents
sufficiently to keep pace with our investments and other expenses could prevent us from maintaining or increasing profitability or positive cash flow on a consistent basis. If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Additionally, the stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs and other outstanding equity awards increased our expenses, in particular, in the quarter in which the Transactions were completed and will increase our expenses in future periods. Additionally, we may expend substantial funds in connection with the tax withholding and remittance obligations that arise upon the initial settlement of certain of our RSUs.
If we are unable to generate adequate revenue growth and manage our expenses, we may continue to incur significant losses in the future and may not be able to maintain or increase profitability.
We may face difficulties as we expand our operations into new local markets in which we have limited or no prior operating experience.
Our capacity for continued growth depends in part on our ability to expand our operations into, and compete effectively in, new local markets. It may be difficult for us to understand and accurately predict consumer preferences and purchasing habits in these new local markets. In addition, each market has unique regulatory dynamics. These include laws and regulations that can directly or indirectly affect our ability to operate, and our costs associated with insurance, support, fraud and onboarding new Experts. In addition, each market is subject to distinct competitive and operational dynamics. These include our ability to offer more attractive services than alternative options and our ability to efficiently attract and retain Business Partners, Consumers and Experts, all of which affect our sales, results of operations and key business metrics. As a result, we may experience fluctuations in our results of operations due to the changing dynamics in the local markets where we operate. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our operations and are unable to manage these risks effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Our International Operations
Our global operations involve additional risks, and our exposure to these risks will increase as our business continues to expand.
We operate in a number of jurisdictions and intend to continue to expand our global presence, including in emerging markets. We face complex, dynamic and varied risk landscapes in the markets in which we operate. As we enter countries and markets that are new to us, we must tailor our services and business model to the unique circumstances of such countries and markets, which can be complex, difficult, costly and divert management and personnel resources. In addition, we may face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with global operations in general. Laws and business practices that favor local competitors or prohibit or limit foreign ownership of certain businesses or our failure to adapt our practices, systems, processes and business models effectively to the consumer and supplier preferences of each country into which we expand, could slow our growth. Certain markets in which we operate have, or certain new markets in which we may operate in the future may have, lower margins than our more mature markets, which could have a negative impact on our overall margins as our revenue from these markets grow over time.
In addition to the risks outlined elsewhere in this section, our global operations are subject to a number of other risks, including:
currency exchange restrictions or costs and exchange rate fluctuations;
exposure to local economic or political instability, threatened or actual acts of terrorism and security concerns in general;
24

Table of Contents
compliance with various laws and regulatory requirements relating to anticorruption, antitrust or competition, economic sanctions, data content, privacy and data security, consumer protection, employment and labor laws, health and safety, and advertising and promotions;
differences, inconsistent interpretations and changes in various laws and regulations, including international, national, state and provincial and local tax laws;
weaker or uncertain enforcement of our contractual and intellectual property rights;
preferences by local populations for local providers;
slower adoption of the internet and mobile devices as advertising, broadcast and commerce mediums and the lack of appropriate infrastructure to support widespread internet and mobile device usage in those markets;
our ability to support new technologies, including mobile devices, that may be more prevalent in certain global markets;
difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified employees in certain international markets, as well as managing staffing and operations due to increased complexity, distance, time zones, language and cultural and employment law differences; and
uncertainty regarding liability for services and content, including uncertainty as a result of local laws and lack of precedent.
In addition, following Russia’s military invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, NATO deployed additional military forces to Eastern Europe, and the United States, European Union, and other nations announced various sanctions against Russia and Belarus. The invasion of Ukraine and the retaliatory measures that have been taken, and could be taken in future, by the U.S., NATO, and other countries have created global security concerns that could result in a regional conflict and otherwise have a lasting impact on regional and global economies, any or all of which could adversely affect our business.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our financial performance and our reported results of operations.
Because we generate net revenue in the local currencies of our international business, our financial results are impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. The results of operations of our international business is exposed to currency exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results of the applicable subsidiaries are translated from the local currency to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars and, as a result, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations or financial results. If the U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated net revenues or expenses will result in increased U.S. dollar denominated net revenues and expenses. Similarly, if the U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, particularly the Euro, the British pound, or the Canadian dollar, our translation of foreign currency denominated net revenues or expenses will result in lower U.S. dollar denominated net revenues and expenses. To date, we have not entered into any currency hedging contracts. As a result, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates could significantly impact our financial results.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
Failure to adequately protect, maintain or enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, confidential information, trade secrets, and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. The protection offered by these has its limitations. Despite our efforts to protect and enforce our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties have used, and may in the future use, our trademarks or similar trademarks.
25

Table of Contents
We do not have comprehensive registered protection for all of our intellectual property in all jurisdictions around the world. There is no guarantee that we will be the first to submit trademark applications in all territories and/or classes for our brands. In addition, there is no guarantee that our pending trademark applications for any mark will proceed to registration, our pending applications may be opposed by a third party prior to registration, and even those trademarks that are registered could be challenged by a third party, including by way of revocation or invalidity actions. For example, our applications to register the name “Enjoy” and our ENJOY & Design logo as trademarks in Canada were successfully opposed by a third party. Our competitors may adopt service names similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly diluting our brand and leading to brand dilution or consumer confusion. Third parties may apply to register our trademarks or other trademarks similar to our trademarks in jurisdictions before us, thereby creating risks relating to our ability to use and register our trademarks in those jurisdictions. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark ownership or infringement claims brought by owners of other rights, including registered trademarks, in our marks or marks similar to ours. Any claims of infringement, brand dilution or consumer confusion related to our brand (including our trademarks) or any failure to renew key license agreements on acceptable terms could damage our reputation and brand identity and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
Domain names generally are regulated by internet regulatory bodies, and the regulation of domain names is subject to change. Regulatory bodies have and may continue to establish additional
top-level
domains, appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. We may not be able to, or it may not be cost effective to, acquire or maintain all domain names that utilize the name “Enjoy” in all of the countries in which we currently conduct or intend to conduct business. If we lose the ability to use a domain name, we could incur significant additional expenses to market our products within that country, including the development of new branding. This could substantially harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Litigation or similar proceedings have been necessary in the past and may be necessary in the future to protect, register and enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets and domain names and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Further, any changes in law or interpretation of any such laws, particularly intellectual property laws, may impact our ability to protect, register or enforce our intellectual property rights. Any litigation or adverse priority proceeding could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could substantially harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Assertions by third parties of infringement or misappropriation by us of their intellectual property rights or confidential know how could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
Third parties may in the future assert that we have infringed or misappropriated their trademarks, copyrights, confidential know how, trade secrets, patents or other intellectual property rights. We cannot predict whether any such assertions or claims arising from such assertions will substantially harm our business and results of operations, whether or not they are successful. If we are forced to defend against any infringement or other claims relating to the trademarks, copyright, confidential know how, trade secrets, patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor, we may face costly litigation or diversion of technical and management personnel. Furthermore, the outcome of a dispute may be that we would need to cease use of some portion of our technology or trademarks, develop
non-infringing
technology, engage in
re-branding.
pay damages, costs or monetary settlements or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Any such assertions or litigation could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
26

Table of Contents
Our platform utilizes open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.
We use open source software in our platform and expect to use open source software in the future. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our platform. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, to
re-engineer
all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise to be limited in the use or licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and services. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could negatively affect our business and operating results.
Defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our applications, backend systems or other technology systems and those of third-party technology providers, including our logistics systems and procedures, could harm our reputation and commercial relationships and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The software underlying our platform is highly complex and may contain undetected errors or vulnerabilities, some of which may only be discovered after the code has been released. Our practice is to effect frequent releases of software updates, sometimes multiple times per day. The third-party software, including our SaaS platform, that we incorporate into our platform may also be subject to errors or vulnerabilities and could render our platform inoperable. Any errors or vulnerabilities discovered in our code or from third-party software after release could result in negative publicity, a loss of users or loss of revenue and access or other performance issues. Such vulnerabilities could also be exploited by malicious actors and result in exposure of data of users on our platform, or otherwise result in a security breach or other security incident. We may need to expend significant financial and development resources to analyze, correct, eliminate or work around errors or defects or to address and eliminate vulnerabilities. Any failure to timely and effectively resolve any such errors, defects or vulnerabilities could adversely affect our business, reputation, commercial relationships, financial condition and results of operations.
Use of social media, emails and text messages may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.
We use social media, emails, push notifications and text messages as part of our omni-channel approach to marketing. As laws and regulations evolve to govern the Unitsuse of these channels, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the Initial Public Offering, exceptuse of these channels could adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties. In addition, our employees or third parties acting at our direction may knowingly or inadvertently make use of social media in ways that could lead to the loss or infringement of intellectual property, as well as the public disclosure of proprietary, confidential or sensitive personal information of our business, employees, Consumers or others. Information concerning us or our Business Partners, whether accurate or not, may be posted on social media platforms at any time and may have an adverse impact on our commercial relationships, reputation or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction and could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.
27

Table of Contents
Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment
Our business is subject to a variety of laws, many of which are unsettled and still developing and which could subject us to claims or otherwise harm our business or results of operations.
The
commerce-at-home
experience is in our view a nascent industry model and developing. We are subject to a wide range of evolving federal, state, and local laws and regulations, many of which may have limited to no interpretation precedent as it relates to our business model.
In addition, we may be subject to foreign privacy, data security and other laws and regulations, including without limitation the EU General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (Canada), which can be more restrictive than those in the United States and could impact our ability to transfer, process and/or receive transnational data. The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues is evolving and may remain in flux for some period of time. It is difficult to ascertain whether this will impact our business in the United Kingdom and Canada. It is also likely that if our business grows and evolves and our services are used in a greater number of geographies, we will become subject to laws and regulations in additional jurisdictions. It is difficult to predict how existing laws will be applied to our business and the new laws to which we may become subject.
If we are not able to comply with these laws or regulations or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, we could be harmed, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or to discontinue certain products or features, which would negatively affect our business. In addition, the increased attention focused upon potential sources of liability as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation or otherwise impact the growth of our business. Any costs incurred to prevent or mitigate this potential liability could also harm our business and results of operations.
We may be subject to general litigation, regulatory disputes and government inquiries.
As a growing company with expanding operations, we have in the past faced, and may in the future increasingly face the risk of claims, lawsuits, government investigations and other proceedings concerning, among other things, our failure to promote and sustain our brand or commercial relationships, competition and antitrust, intellectual property, privacy, consumer protection, accessibility claims (including those relating to our compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990), securities, tax, labor and employment, commercial disputes, and services. The number and significance of these disputes and inquiries have increased as the political and regulatory landscape changes, as we have grown larger and expanded in scope and geographic reach, and as our services have increased in complexity. For example, we are currently subject to, and may in the future be subject to, various employment-related claims filed against us in state courts, and with federal and state agencies, and tribunals in the United Kingdom.
It is often challenging to predict the commencement or outcome of such disputes and inquiries with certainty. Regardless of the outcome, these can have an adverse impact on our business due to legal costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Determining reserves for any litigation is a complex and fact-intensive process that is subject to judgment calls. It is possible that a resolution of one or more such proceedings could require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments, fines or penalties or to settle claims or proceedings, any of which could harm our business. These proceedings could also result in reputational harm, criminal sanctions, consent decrees or orders preventing us from offering certain products or services, requiring a change in our business practices in costly ways or requiring development of
non-infringing
or otherwise altered products or technologies. Litigation and other claims and regulatory proceedings against us could result in unexpected expenses and liabilities, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
28

Table of Contents
Government regulation of the Internet and eCommerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as federal and state regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and eCommerce. Existing and future laws and regulations may impede the growth of the Internet, eCommerce or other online services, and increase the cost of providing online services. These regulations and laws may cover sweepstakes, taxation, tariffs, user privacy, data security, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, broadband residential Internet access and the characteristics and quality of services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales, use and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet and
e-commerce.
Unfavorable resolution of these issues may harm our business and results of operations.
Our use and processing of personal information and other data is subject to laws and obligations relating to privacy, and data security, and the actual or perceived failure by us or our vendors to comply with such laws and obligations could lead to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; loss of customers or sales; and other adverse business consequences.
In the ordinary course of business, we collect, receive, store, process, generate, use, transfer, disclose, make accessible, protect, secure, dispose of, transmit, and share (commonly known as processing) personal information and other sensitive information, including proprietary and confidential business data, trade secrets, and intellectual property. Numerous local, state, federal and foreign laws, rules and regulations govern privacy, data security, data protection and our collection, use, disclosure and other processing of personal information and other types of data. These laws, rules and regulations are constantly evolving, and we expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and other jurisdictions.
Among the most stringent of these laws is the GDPR, which went into effect in the European Union in May 2018 and also has been transposed into the domestic law of the U.K., where we operate. The GDPR requires organizations, among other things, to give detailed notices about the processing of personal information; impose contractual data security requirements on vendors and partners entrusted with personal information; meet extensive data protection governance requirements; give data breach notifications; and honor individuals’ data access, deletion, and correction requests. Companies that violate the GDPR can face private litigation, bans on data processing, fines of up to the greater of 20 million Euros or 4% of their worldwide annual revenue and other administrative penalties.
In addition, European legislative proposals and present laws and regulations — other than the GDPR — apply to cookies and similar tracking technologies, electronic communications, and marketing. In the EU and the UK, regulators are increasingly focusing on compliance with requirements related to the online behavioral advertising ecosystem. It is anticipated that the Private Placement WarrantsePrivacy Regulation and national implementing laws will replace the current national laws implementing the ePrivacy Directive. Compliance with these laws may require us to make significant operational changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, adversely affect our margins, and subject us to liabilities.
Certain jurisdictions have enacted data localization laws and cross-border personal information transfer laws, which could make it more difficult to transfer information across jurisdictions (such as transferring or receiving personal data that originates in the EU, the UK or in other foreign jurisdictions). Existing mechanisms that facilitate cross-border personal information transfers may change or be invalidated. For example, absent appropriate safeguards or other circumstances, the GDPR generally restricts the transfer of personal information to countries outside of the European Economic Area (“EEA”) that the European Commission does not consider to provide an adequate level of data privacy and security, such as the United States. The European Commission
29

Table of Contents
released a set of “Standard Contractual Clauses” (“SCCs”) that are designed to be a valid mechanism to facilitate personal information transfers out of the EEA to these jurisdictions. Currently, these Standard Contractual Clauses are a valid mechanism to transfer personal information outside of the EEA, but there exists some uncertainty regarding whether the SCCs will remain a valid mechanism. Additionally, the SCCs impose additional compliance burdens, such as conducting transfer impact assessments to determine whether additional security measures are necessary to protect the
at-issue
personal data.
If we cannot implement a valid compliance mechanism for cross-border personal information transfers, we may face increased exposure to regulatory actions, substantial fines, and injunctions against processing or transferring personal data from Europe or other foreign jurisdictions. The inability to import personal information to the United States could significantly and negatively impact our business operations, limiting our ability to collaborate with parties that are subject to such cross-border data transfer or localization laws, or requiring us to increase our personal information processing capabilities and infrastructure in foreign jurisdictions at significant expense.
We also operate in Canada, where the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”), and various provincial laws require that companies give detailed privacy notices to consumers, obtain consent to use personal information, with limited exceptions, allow individuals to access and correct their personal information, and report certain data breaches. In addition, Canada’s Anti-Spam Legislation (“CASL”) prohibits email marketing without the recipient’s consent, with limited exceptions. Failure to comply with Canada’s federal or provincial privacy or data protection laws can result in significant fines and penalties or possible damage awards.
U.S. privacy and data security laws are also complex and changing rapidly. Many states have enacted laws regulating the online collection, use and disclosure of personal information and requiring companies to implement reasonable data security measures. Laws in all states and U.S. territories also require businesses to notify affected individuals and/or governmental entities of certain security breaches affecting personal information. These laws are not consistent, and compliance with them in the event of a widespread data breach is complex and costly. States are also beginning to implement comprehensive privacy laws with similarities to the GDPR. For example, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020 and emulates the GDPR’s requirements regarding privacy notices and honoring California residents’ requests to access or delete personal information. California residents may also opt out of certain sharing of their personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for statutory damages in connection with certain data breaches, which is expected to increase the volume and success of class action data breach lawsuits. In addition, it is anticipated that the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (“CPRA”), effective January 1, 2023, will expand the CCPA. Additionally, the CPRA establishes a new California Privacy Protection Agency to implement and enforce the CPRA, which could increase the risk of enforcement. Other states have enacted data privacy laws. For example, Virginia passed the Consumer Data Protection Act, and Colorado passed the Colorado Privacy Act, both of which become effective in 2023. Legislative proposals to adopt comprehensive privacy laws in other states are under consideration. These laws may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply.
In addition to facing risks posed by new privacy and data security laws, we could be subject to claims alleging violations of long-established privacy and consumer protection laws, such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”). The TCPA imposes specific requirements relating to marketing to individuals using technology such as telephones, mobile devices, and text messages. TCPA violations can result in significant financial penalties, including penalties or criminal fines imposed by the Federal Communications Commission or fines of up to $1,500 per violation imposed through private litigation or by state authorities. Class action suits are the most common method for private enforcement. Despite our compliance efforts, our use of text messaging communications on behalf of our Business Partners or use of analytics technologies on our website could expose us to costly litigation, government enforcement actions, damages and penalties, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
30

Table of Contents
Furthermore, compliance with legal and contractual obligations requires us to make public statements about our privacy and data security practices, including the statements we make in our online privacy policy. Although we endeavor to comply with these statements, should they prove to be untrue or be perceived as untrue, even through circumstances beyond our reasonable control, we may face litigation, claims, investigations, inquiries or other proceedings by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, state attorneys general, and other federal, state and foreign regulators, and private litigants alleging violations of privacy or consumer protection laws.
We cannot yet fully determine the impact these or future laws, rules, regulations and standards may have on our business or operations. They may be physical (cash)inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another, subject to differing interpretations and courts or netregulators may deem our efforts to comply with these laws, rules, regulations and standards insufficient. Additionally, we may be bound by contractual requirements applicable to our collection, use, processing and disclosure of various types of data, including personal information, and may be bound by, or voluntarily comply with, self-regulatory or other industry standards relating to these matters.
Like our legal obligations, the demands our Business Partners place on us relating to privacy and data security are becoming more stringent. Privacy and data security laws increasingly require companies to impose specific contractual restrictions on service providers entrusted with personal information and to subject them to more rigorous privacy and data security due diligence. Our Business Partners’ increasing privacy and data security standards also increase the cost and complexity of ensuring that the third parties we rely on to operate our business and deliver our services can meet these standards. If we or our vendors are unable to meet our Business Partners’ demands or comply with the increasingly stringent contractual requirements they impose on us relating to privacy and data security, we may face increased legal liability, contract terminations and reduced demand for our services.
Any failure or perceived failure by us or any third parties with which we do business to comply with these laws, rules, regulations and standards, or with other obligations to which we or such third parties are or may become subject, may result in actions against us by governmental entities, private claims and litigation, the expenditure of legal and other costs and of substantial time and resources, and fines, penalties or other liabilities. Any such action would be expensive to defend, may require the expenditure of substantial legal and other costs and substantial time and resources and likely would damage our reputation.
Further, in view of new or modified local, state, federal, or foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations, or any changes in their interpretation, we may find it necessary or desirable to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or to expend significant resources to modify our product and otherwise adapt to these changes. We may be unable to make such changes and modifications in a commercially reasonable manner or at all, and our ability to offer our products and services in certain jurisdictions (especially in certain foreign markets) or develop new products and services could be limited, which could reduce demand for them. Any of the foregoing developments could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
If our information technology systems or data, or those of third parties upon which we rely, are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including but not limited to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; loss of customers or sales; and other adverse consequences.
Our business involves the collection, storage, processing, and transmission of personal information and potentially other sensitive and proprietary information of Business Partners, Experts and Consumers. Additionally, we maintain sensitive and proprietary information relating to our business, such as our own proprietary information and personal information relating to our employees. We may rely upon third-party service providers and technologies to operate critical business systems to process sensitive information in a variety of contexts, including, without limitation, employee email and other functions. Our ability to monitor
31

Table of Contents
these third parties’ information security practices is limited, and these third parties may not have adequate information security measures in place. We may share (cashless) settledor receive sensitive information with or from third parties.    
Cyberattacks, malicious internet-based activity, and online and offline fraud are prevalent and continue to increase. These threats are becoming increasingly difficult to detect. These threats come from a variety of sources, including traditional computer “hackers,” threat actors, personnel (such as through theft or misuse), sophisticated nation-states, and nation-state-supported actors. We and the third parties upon which we rely may be subject to a variety of evolving threats, including but not limited to social-engineering attacks (including through phishing attacks), malicious code (such as viruses and worms), malware (including as a result of advanced persistent threat intrusions),
denial-of-service
attacks (such as credential stuffing), personnel misconduct or error, ransomware attacks, supply-chain attacks, software bugs, server malfunctions, software or hardware failures, loss of data or other information technology assets, adware, telecommunications failures, earthquakes, fires, floods, and other similar threats. Ransomware attacks, including by organized criminal threat actors, nation-states, and nation-state-supported actors, are becoming increasingly prevalent and severe and can lead to significant interruptions in our operations, loss of data and income, reputational harm, and diversion of funds. Extortion payments may alleviate the negative impact of a ransomware attack, but we may be unwilling or unable to make such payments due to, for example, applicable laws or regulations prohibiting such payments. Similarly, supply-chain attacks have increased in frequency and severity, and we cannot guarantee that third parties and infrastructure in our supply chain or our third-party partners’ supply chains have not been compromised or that they do not contain exploitable defects or bugs that could result in a breach of or disruption to our information technology systems (including our products and services) or the third-party information technology systems that support us and our services. Additionally, due to the ongoing
COVID-19
pandemic, certain functional areas of our workforce remain in a remote work environment and outside of our corporate network security protection boundaries, which imposes additional risks to our business, including increased risk of industrial espionage, phishing and other cybersecurity attacks, and unauthorized dissemination of proprietary or confidential information. Future or past business transactions (such as acquisitions or integrations) could expose us to additional cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, as our systems could be negatively affected by vulnerabilities present in acquired or integrated entities’ systems and technologies.
Any of the previously identified or similar threats could cause a security incident or other interruption. A security incident or other interruption could result in unauthorized, unlawful, or accidental acquisition, modification, destruction, loss, alteration, encryption, disclosure of, or access to our sensitive information. A security incident or other interruption could disrupt our ability (and that of third parties upon whom we rely) to provide our products and services. We may expend significant resources or modify our business activities to try to protect against security incidents. Certain data privacy and security obligations may require us to implement and maintain specific security measures, industry-standard or reasonable security measures to protect our information technology systems and sensitive information.
Although we have developed information technology systems and processes that are designed to protect the data of Business Partners, Experts, and Consumers that utilize our platform, protect our systems, prevent data loss, and prevent other security incidents, these security measures may not fully protect our systems and we cannot guarantee the security of our information technology systems, or those of our third-party service providers. We have not always been able in the past and may be unable in the future to detect vulnerabilities in our information technology systems (including our products) because such threats and techniques change frequently, are often sophisticated in nature, and may not be detected until after a security incident has occurred. Despite our efforts to identify and address vulnerabilities, if any, in our information technology systems (including our products), our efforts may not be successful. Further, we may experience delays in developing and deploying remedial measures designed to address any such identified vulnerabilities.
In addition, users of our services could have vulnerabilities on their own devices that are entirely unrelated to our systems and platform but could mistakenly attribute their own vulnerabilities to us. Further, breaches experienced
32

Table of Contents
by other companies may also be leveraged against us. For example, credential stuffing attacks are becoming increasingly common and sophisticated actors can mask their attacks, making them increasingly difficult to identify and prevent. Certain efforts may be state-sponsored or supported by significant financial and technological resources, making them even more difficult to detect, remediate, and otherwise respond to.
Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect the data of Business Partners, Experts, and Consumers that utilize our platform, protect our systems, prevent data loss, and prevent other security breaches and security incidents, these security measures may not fully protect our systems and we cannot guarantee the security of our systems or the information we handle. The IT and infrastructure used in our business or by the third parties we work with may be vulnerable to or compromised by cyberattacks or security breaches, computer malware, viruses, phishing and other social engineering, ransomware, credential stuffing attacks, hacking and other efforts by individuals or groups of hackers and sophisticated organizations, including state-sponsored organizations or nation-states. Such incidents could result in unauthorized parties accessing data, including personal information and other sensitive and proprietary information of Business Partners, Experts, and Consumers; our employees’ personal information; or our other sensitive and proprietary data, accessible through those systems. Employee error, malfeasance or other errors in the storage, use, or transmission of any of these types of data could result in an actual or perceived privacy or security breach or other security incident. Although we have policies restricting the access to the personal information we store, there is a risk that these policies may not be effective in all cases.
Any actual or perceived security incident, could interrupt our operations, result in our platform being unavailable, result in loss or improper access to, or acquisition or disclosure of, data, result in fraudulent transfer of funds, harm our reputation, commercial relationships, and competitive position, damage our relationships with third-party partners, or result in claims, regulatory investigations and proceedings and significant legal, regulatory, and financial exposure, including ongoing monitoring by regulators, and any such incidents or any perception that our security measures are inadequate could lead to loss of Business Partners, Expert or Consumer confidence in, or decreased use of, our platform, any of which could have an adverse effect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any actual or perceived security incident impacting any entities with which we share or disclose data (including, for example, our third-party technology providers) could have similar effects. Further, any cyberattacks or actual or perceived security incidents directed at, or suffered by, our competitors could reduce confidence in our industry as a whole and, as a result, reduce confidence in us. We also expect to incur significant costs in an effort to detect and prevent security incidents, and we may face increased costs and requirements to expend substantial resources in the event of an actual or perceived security incident.
Additionally, defending against claims or litigation based on any security incident, regardless of their merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention. We cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data handling or data security costs or liabilities actually incurred, that insurance will continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or
co-insurance
requirements, could have an adverse effect on our reputation, commercial relationships, business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our contracts may not contain limitations of liability, and even where they do, there can be no assurance that limitations of liability in our contracts are sufficient to protect us from liabilities, damages, or claims related to our data privacy and security obligations.
We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Compliance with these legal standards could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets. We can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations which can harm our business.
We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the
33

Table of Contents
U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct business. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties to sell our products and services or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other regulatory approvals outside the United States. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors and other partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violation of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.
Our reported results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in generally accepted accounting principles.
Generally accepted accounting principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported results of operations and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change. It is difficult to predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies, any of which could negatively affect our reported results of operations.
We could be required to collect additional sales, use, value-added and other indirect taxes, or be subject to other tax liabilities in various jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
The application of indirect taxes, such as sales and use, value-added tax, provincial, goods and services, business, digital services and gross receipts taxes, to businesses like ours and to our Business Partners is a complex and evolving issue. Significant judgment is required to evaluate applicable tax obligations and, as a result, amounts recorded are estimates and are subject to adjustments. In many cases, the ultimate tax determination is uncertain because it is not redeemable so long as theyclear when and how new and existing statutes might apply to our business or to our Customers’ businesses. If we are found to have not adequately addressed our tax obligations, our business could be adversely impacted.
Various jurisdictions (including the U.S. states and EU member states) are seeking to, or have recently imposed additional reporting, record-keeping, or indirect tax collection and remittance obligations on businesses like ours that facilitate online commerce. For example, taxing authorities in the United States and other countries have required eCommerce platforms to calculate, collect and remit indirect taxes for transactions taking place over the Internet. A majority of U.S. state jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring marketplaces to report user activity or collect and remit taxes on certain items sold on the marketplace. If requirements like these become applicable in additional jurisdictions, our business, collectively with our Customers’ businesses, could be harmed. Additionally, this legislation could require us or our Business Partners to incur substantial costs in order to comply, including costs associated with tax calculation, collection, remittance, and audit requirements, which could make selling in our marketplaces less attractive. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court held in South Dakota v. Wayfair that a U.S. state may require an online retailer to collect sales taxes imposed by the Sponsorstate in which the buyer is located, even if the retailer has no physical presence in that state, thus permitting a wider enforcement of such sales tax collection requirements. If our calculation, collection, and remittance of taxes in the jurisdictions in which we do business were determined to be deficient, our business and results of operations could be adversely impacted. If we are treated as an agent for retailers on our platform under U.S. state tax law, we may be primarily responsible for collecting and remitting sales taxes directly to certain states. It is possible that one or its permitted transferees. The salemore states could seek to impose sales, use or other tax collection obligations on us with regard to sales or orders on our platform. These taxes may be applicable to past sales. A successful assertion by a taxing
34

Table of Contents
authority that we should collect additional sales, use or other taxes or remit such taxes directly to states could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales and additional administrative expenses, which could seriously harm our business.
Changes in our effective tax rate or tax liability may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our effective tax rate could increase due to several factors, including:
changes in tax laws, tax treaties, and regulations or the interpretation of them;
changes in the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates;
changes to our assessment of our ability to realize our deferred tax assets that are based on estimates of our future results, the feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic and political environments in which we do business; and
the outcome of current and future tax audits, examinations or administrative appeals.
Many of the Private Placement Warrants was madeunderlying laws, rules and regulations imposing taxes and other obligations were established before the growth of the Internet and eCommerce. Taxing authorities in various jurisdictions are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce and may make changes to existing tax or other laws that could result in additional taxes relating to our activities, and/or impose obligations on us to collect such taxes. New tax laws or regulations could be enacted at any time, which could adversely affect our business operations and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws and regulations could be interpreted, modified or applied adversely to us.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset taxable income or reduce our taxes may be limited.
As of December 31, 2021, we had accumulated $551.0 million and $429.1 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), respectively, available to reduce future taxable income, portions of which will begin to expire in 2034 for federal and 2024 for state tax purposes. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use certain of our NOLs before their expiration, or at all. Net operating losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020 is limited to 80% of current year taxable income. Under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its
pre-change
NOLs and other tax attributes, including R&D tax credits, to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5 percent stockholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our ability to use NOLs and other tax attributes to reduce future taxable income and liabilities may be subject to annual limitations as a result of prior ownership changes and ownership changes that may occur in the future. In addition, for state income tax purposes, the extent to which states will conform to the federal laws is uncertain and there may be periods during which the use of net operating loss carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.
Additional Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock
The price of our common stock and warrants may be volatile.
The price of our common stock, as well as our warrants, may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including:
changes in the industries in which we and our Business Partners operate;
35

Table of Contents

developments involving our competitors;
changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;
variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors in general;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
publication of research reports by securities analysts about our Company or our competitors or our industry;
the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
actions by stockholders, including the sale by the PIPE Investors (as defined herein) of any of their shares of our common stock;
additions and departures of key personnel;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving our company;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
the volume of shares of our common stock available for public sale;
general economic and political conditions, such as the effects of the
COVID-19
outbreak, recessions, interest rates, local and national elections, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations, corruption, political instability and acts of war, such as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, or terrorism; and
failure to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq.
These market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock and our warrants regardless of our operating performance.
In February 2022, armed conflict escalated between Russia and Ukraine. The sanctions announced by the U.S. and other countries following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine against Russia to date include restrictions on selling or importing goods, services or technology in or from affected regions and travel bans and asset freezes impacting connected individuals and political, military, business and financial organizations in Russia. The U.S. and other countries could impose wider sanctions and take other actions should the conflict further escalate. It is not possible to predict the broader consequences of this conflict, which could include further sanctions, embargoes, regional instability, geopolitical shifts and adverse effects on macroeconomic conditions, currency exchange rates and financial markets, all of which could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of our business and do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in future agreements and financing instruments, business prospects and such other factors as our board of directors deem relevant.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following
36

Table of Contents
types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company; (B) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of our Company or any stockholder to of our Company; (C) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, officer or other employee of our Company or any stockholder arising pursuant to any provision of the exemptionDelaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws (as each may be amended from registration containedtime to time); (D) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); (E) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (F) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer or other employee of our Company or any stockholder, governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. However, this provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.
Furthermore, Section 4(a)(2)22 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, approximately $373.8 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement were placed in a non-interest bearing trust account (“Trust Account”) located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. The net proceeds are not yet invested. If, in the future, the proceeds are held in an interest-bearing account, then the net proceeds may be invested only in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “Investment Company Act”) having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward completing a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions) at the time of the signing of the agreement to enter into the Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient creates concurrent jurisdiction for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act).

Business Strategy

Our acquisition strategy is to source, identify, acquire and, upon completion of our Business Combination, build a business in the public equity market. While we are not limited to a particular industry or geographic region, we believe the experience of our management team, Raine and Marquee will be highly complementary to a business in the high growth sectors of technology, media, and telecommunications (“TMT”), with a focus on technology, media, sports, gaming and entertainment, or in adjacent data and technology sectors, particularly a company that can benefit from our management team’s strategic, operational and financial expertise.

Our management team is also actively deploying its leading professional capabilities as we seek and evaluate new potential target business opportunities, particularly with respect to:

Developing relationships with private, closely-held businesses and their management teams, capital providers and advisors;

Identifying attractive investment opportunities;

Structuring acquisitions on attractive terms;

Negotiating complex mergers and acquisitions across a range of industries, geographies, economic and financial market conditions;

Raising financings in the capital markets, particularly for businesses that are transitioning from private to public equity ownership;

Operating businesses and developing and implementing multi-phase corporate strategies; and

Expanding the product offerings and geographic footprints of businesses across industries.

We believe our management team and Sponsor will be able to provide a level of support and assistance on key operational and strategic matters that is highly differentiated relative to many competing special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”). Operational areas where we believe our management team and Sponsor can provide meaningful incremental value-added guidance include, but are not limited to:

Improving business operations through the efficient allocation of human resources and prudent investment of capital at attractive ROIs;

Developing disciplined budgeting processes and sophisticated financial modeling projections in support of short and long-term growth objectives;

Conducting extensive research and analysis to validate market opportunities for existing and new products or lines of business;

Evaluating strategic plans to differentiate businesses from direct and indirect competitors; and

Developing and implementing an effective PR and investor relations strategy to maximize efficiency in communication with investors, research analysts and the media.

Our management team and Sponsor have successfully taken these actions as advisors, investors and operators of companies ranging from early-stage venture businesses to large corporate conglomerates in order to create shareholder value. We believe this track record differentiates us as potential partners in a Business Combination and is a valuable factor in distinguishing ourselves to potential target businesses.

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our business strategy, we have developed the following general, non-exclusive investment criteria and guidelines that we believe are important and plan to use when screening for and evaluating target businesses, although we may decide to enter into our Business Combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We seek to acquire a business that:

Operates in the high growth sectors of TMT and is well-positioned to benefit from the broad network and strategic expertise of our management team, Board and Sponsor;

Has developed a proprietary brand or unique product line that provides a clear competitive moat and can access a large target addressable market opportunity;

Features an attractive financial profile and stable free cash flow, or has the potential to generate stable and sustainable free cash flow in the near future;

Is appropriately capitalized and in a strong liquidity position, or will be upon completion of the Business Combination;

Demonstrates clear opportunities to generate outsized returns on invested capital to support and strengthen the business’s competitive position;

Has a strong, seasoned executive leadership team with a distinguished track record of generating attractive returns and shareholder value; and

Is operating at scale and prepared to make the transition to the public markets but can benefit from the guidance and advice of our management team in developing a clear message describing the business model and investment opportunity to public investors.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular Business Combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our Business Combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our shareholder communications related to our Business Combination, which would be in the form of tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials that we would file with the SEC.

Business Combination

Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) rules require that our Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have a total aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our Business Combination. We refer to this as the 80% of net assets test. If our Board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. In addition, pursuant to Nasdaq rules, any Business Combination must be approved by a majority of our independent directors. Subject to this requirement, our management has virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective businesses, although we are not permitted to effectuate our Business Combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

We anticipate structuring our Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our Business Combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the prior owners of the target business, the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the Business Combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our Business Combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our Business Combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or

acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the Business Combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the Business Combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding a Business Combination without the prior consent of our Sponsor. If our securities are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us. We will also utilize our operational and capital planning experience.

We are not prohibited from pursuing a Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, or completing the Business Combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete a Business Combination with a target that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm that such a Business Combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team may directly or indirectly own our ordinary shares and/or Private Placement Warrants following the IPO Closing Date, and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our Business Combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular Business Combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors is included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our Business Combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our Business Combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any Business Combination opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.

While The Raine Group will not have any duty to present Business Combination opportunities to us, The Raine Group may become aware of a potential transaction that may be an attractive opportunity for us, which it may or may not decide to share with us. The Raine Group is a global investment and advisory firm focused exclusively on the TMT sector. As such, The Raine Group provides a diversified range of financial services in a broad spectrum of activities, including investment banking, private placement and lending, principal investing, financial and merger and acquisition advisory services, underwriting, investment management activities, sponsoring and managing private investment funds, brokerage, trustee and similar activities on a global basis. Additionally, we may, but are not required to, engage The Raine Group for services as a financial advisor in connection with identifying and investigating potential targets for our Business Combination. Conflicts may arise from The Raine Group’s sponsorship of the Company, its provision of services both to us (including as a financial advisor) and to third-party clients, as well as from actions undertaken by The Raine Group for its own account. In performing services for other clients and also when acting for its own account, The Raine Group may take commercial steps that may have an adverse effect on us. Any of The Raine Group’s financial market activities may, individually or in the aggregate, have an adverse effect on us, and the interests of The Raine Group or its clients or counterparties may at times be adverse to ours.

Marquee and The Raine Group are continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a Business Combination, and we will not consider a Business Combination with any company that has already been identified to Marquee and The Raine Group as a suitable acquisition candidate for either of Marquee or The Raine Group, unless Marquee and The Raine Group, in their sole discretion, decline such potential Business Combination or makes available to the Company a co-investment opportunity.

Marquee and The Raine Group may be seeking acquisition opportunities and related financing at any time. We may compete with any one or more of them on any given acquisition opportunity.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure makes us an attractive Business Combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a Business Combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock, shares or other equity interests in the target business for our Class A Ordinary Shares (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A Ordinary Shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical Business Combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a Business Combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed Business Combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriter’s ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds makes us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek shareholder approval of any proposed Business Combination, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Financial Position

With funds available for a Business Combination from the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants initially in the amount of $360,668,750 after payment of $13,081,250 of deferred underwriting commissions, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our Business Combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time. We intend to effectuate our Business Combination using the proceeds held in the Trust Account from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these as the consideration. We may seek to complete our Business Combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If a Business Combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our Business Combination or used for redemptions of purchases of Class A Ordinary Shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing a Business Combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We are not able to determine at this time whether we will complete a Business Combination with any of the target businesses that we have reviewed or with any other target business. Some of the members of our management team are employed by certain affiliates of Marquee and The Raine Group. Marquee and The Raine Group are continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a Business Combination, and we may not be given an opportunity to consider a Business Combination with any company that has already been identified to Marquee and The Raine Group as a suitable acquisition candidate for either of Marquee or The Raine Group unless Marquee and The Raine Group, in their sole discretion, decline such potential Business Combination or makes available to the Company a co-investment opportunity.

Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which we may combine, we cannot assure you that this assessment will result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter. Furthermore, some of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning that we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely affect a target business.

We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our Business Combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our Trust Account, or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities (which may include a specified future issuance) or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination (including from Marquee, The Raine Group or their respective affiliates). There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities (which may include a specified future issuance) or incur debt in connection with our Business Combination (including from Marquee, The Raine Group or their respective affiliates). We are not currently a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities, the incurrence of debt or otherwise.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

The Nasdaq rules require that our Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our Board based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our Board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Subject to these rules, our management has virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our Business Combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

We anticipate structuring our Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our Business Combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the prior owners of the target business, the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the Business Combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our Business Combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our Business Combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the Business Combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the Business Combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding a Business Combination without the prior consent of our Sponsor. If our securities are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.

To the extent we effect our Business Combination with a target business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such a business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete a Business Combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our Business Combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another Business Combination.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of a Business Combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete Business Combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. If we complete our Business Combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after a Business Combination, and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our Business Combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’ management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our Business Combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our Business Combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our Business Combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of a Business Combination.

Following a Business Combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, subject to the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

Under Nasdaq’s listing rules, shareholder approval would be required for a Business Combination if, for example:

we issue ordinary shares that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of ordinary shares then outstanding (other than in a public offering);

any of our directors, officers or substantial security holders (as defined by the Nasdaq rules) has a 5% or greater interest, directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of ordinary shares could result in an increase in issued and outstanding ordinary shares or voting power of 1% or more (or 5% or more if the related party involved is classified as such solely because such person is a substantial security holder); or

the issuance or potential issuance of ordinary shares will result in our undergoing a change of control.

The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination in those instances in which shareholder approval is not required by law will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on business and legal reasons, which include a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

the timing of the transaction, including in the event we determine shareholder approval would require additional time and there is either not enough time to seek shareholder approval or doing so would place the Company at a disadvantage in the transaction or result in other additional burdens on the Company;

the expected cost of holding a shareholder vote;

the risk that the shareholders would fail to approve the proposed Business Combination;

other time and budget constraints of the Company; and

additional legal complexities of a proposed Business Combination that would be time-consuming and burdensome to present to shareholders.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

In the event we seek shareholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their respective affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of a Business Combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in any such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions. We have adopted an insider trading policy which requires insiders to: (i) refrain from purchasing shares during certain blackout periods and when they are in possession of any material non-public information and (ii) to clear all trades with our legal counsel prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as it will be dependent upon several factors, including but not limited to, the timing and size of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary.

In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will be required to comply with such rules.

The purpose of such purchases would be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the Business Combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our Business Combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of warrants could be to reduce the number of warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our Business Combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders (in the case of Class A Ordinary Shares) following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our Business Combination. To the extent that our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account or vote against the Business Combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the general meeting related to our Business Combination. Our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of Class A Ordinary Shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Redemption Rights For public shareholders Upon Completion of a Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Ordinary Shares upon the completion of our Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of the Business Combination divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the Trust Account is approximately $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our Business Combination with respect to our warrants. Our Sponsor, directors and each member of our management team have each entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares in connection with (i) the completion of our Business Combination and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Ordinary Shares upon the completion of our Business Combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement or whether we were deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules). Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with the Company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would require shareholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote unless shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other legal reasons. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with the Nasdaq rules.

If we hold a shareholder vote to approve our Business Combination, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our Business Combination only if we obtain an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, being the affirmative vote of a majority of the ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote therein and who vote at a general meeting. In such case, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their Founder Shares and any public shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of our Business Combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ Founder Shares, we would need 14,015,625, or approximately 37.5%, of the 37,375,000 public shares sold in the Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of a Business Combination in order to have our Business Combination approved (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted). We intend to give not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our Business Combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will complete our Business Combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our Sponsor, directors and each member of our management team, have each entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and public shares in connection with (i) the completion of a Business combination and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date.

If, however, shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our Business Combination, we or our Sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase Class A Ordinary Shares in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our Business Combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the Business Combination.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Redemptions of our public shares may also be subject to a higher net tangible asset test or cash requirement pursuant to an agreement relating to our Business Combination. For example, the proposed Business Combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed Business Combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A Ordinary Shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A Ordinary Shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Limitation on Redemption Upon Completion of Our Business Combination if We Seek Shareholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of

such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), is restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” We believe this restriction discourages shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed Business Combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such shareholder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholder’s ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our Initial Public Offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our Business Combination, particularly in connection with a Business Combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

However, we would not be restricting our shareholder’s ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our Business Combination.

Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

Public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the Business Combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the shareholder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with a Business Combination will indicate whether we are requiring public shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the Business Combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their Business Combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholder’s vote on a Business Combination, and a shareholder could simply vote against a proposed Business Combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the Business Combination was approved, the Company would contact such shareholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the Business Combination during which he or she could monitor the price of our stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to us for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the Business Combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. Therequirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the Business Combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the Business Combination, unless otherwise agreed to by us. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our Business Combination.

If our Business Combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public shareholders who elected to redeem their shares. If our proposed Business Combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a Business Combination with a different target business until 24 months after the IPO Closing Date.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if No Business Combination

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we have only 24 months after the IPO Closing Date to complete our Business Combination. If we have not completed a Business Combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholder’s rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our Board, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants or the Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our Business Combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the completion of our Business Combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Our Sponsor, directors and each member of our management team have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if we fail to complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. However, if our Sponsor, director or members of our management team acquire public shares after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our Business Combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

Our Sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay our dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our Sponsor, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,000,000 of proceeds held outside the Trust Account plus up to $100,000 of funds from the Trust Account available to us to pay dissolution expenses, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, the sale of the warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account, and without taking into account interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our registered independent accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. The underwriter of the Initial Public Offering will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entity will agree to waive any claims it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, our Sponsor has agreed that they will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes if the funds in the Trust Account are held in an interest-bearing account, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. However, we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy their indemnity obligations, and we believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be substantially less than $10.00 per share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our Sponsor is not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to approximately $1,000,000 from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the warrants with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our Trust Account could be liable for claims made by creditors, however such liability will not be greater than the amount of funds from our Trust Account received by any such shareholder.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and the Company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares, or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the Business Combination. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the Trust Account upon the subsequent completion of a Business Combination or liquidation if we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, with respect to such Class A Ordinary Shares so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our Business Combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the Business Combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote.

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions designed to provide certain rights and protections relating to the Initial Public Offering that will apply to us until the completion of our Business Combination. These provisions cannot be amended without a special resolution under Cayman Islands law. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a resolution is deemed to be a special resolution where it has been approved by either (i) the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s shareholders entitled to vote and so voting at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given; or (ii) if so authorized by a

company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders . Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that special resolutions must be approved either by at least two-thirds of our shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company (i.e., the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law), or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders. Our initial shareholders owned, as of the IPO Closing Date, approximately 20% of our ordinary shares, and they will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with the discretion to vote in any manner they choose.

Specifically, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that:

If we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of the then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our Board, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case, to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

Prior to or in connection with our Business Combination, we may not issue additional securities that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on our Business Combination or on any other proposal presented to shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of a Business Combination;

Although we do not intend to enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or our executive officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm that such a Business Combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view;

If a shareholder vote on our Business Combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

So long as our securities are then listed on Nasdaq, our Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting commissions held in trust) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Business Combination;

If our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of the then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein; and

We will not effectuate our Business Combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that under no circumstances will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

The Companies Law permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting or by way of unanimous written resolution. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands exempted company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our Business Combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions, including, without limitation Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our Sponsor or any of its affiliates (including Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates) may make additional investments in us, although our Sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or other duty to do so. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our Business Combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the Company as a whole;

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the Company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including entities that are affiliates of our Sponsor, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our Business Combination.

In addition, our Sponsor or any of its affiliates (including Marquee and The Raine Group and their respective affiliates) may make additional investments in the Company in connection with the Business Combination through a specified future issuance or otherwise, although our Sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If our Sponsor or any of its affiliates elects to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence our Sponsor’s motivation to complete a Business Combination.

Employees

We currently have six executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our Business Combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our Business Combination and the stage of the Business Combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our Business Combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our Units, Class A Ordinary Shares and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the PCAOB standards. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we have obtained a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the completion of our Business Combination.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

Certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, in addition to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our financial statements and related notes. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Summary of Risk Factors

These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following risks, uncertainties and other factors:

our ability to complete our Business Combination;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our Business Combination;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our Business Combination;

actual and potential conflicts of interest relating to Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our Business Combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the Trust Account or available to us from interest income on the funds held in the Trust Account if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account;

the Trust Account not being subject to claims of third parties;

our financial performance following the Initial Public Offering; or

the other risk and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this filing.

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed Business Combination, which means we may complete our Business Combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a shareholder vote to approve our Business Combination unless the Business Combination would require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or if we decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons. Except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our Business Combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the Business Combination we complete. Please refer to “Item 1. Business—Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Business Combination” for additional information.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

Since our Board may complete a Business Combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the Business Combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our Business Combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our Business Combination, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote in favor of such Business Combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our initial shareholders owned, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Our initial shareholders and members of our management team also may from time to time purchase Class A Ordinary Shares prior to our Business Combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination, such Business Combination will be approved if we receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares voted at such meeting, including the Founder Shares. Our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, will own shares representing at least 20% of our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares at the time of any such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our Business Combination, the agreement by our initial shareholders and each member of our management team to vote in favor of our Business Combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such Business Combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential Business Combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a Business Combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a Business Combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the Business Combination. Furthermore, we will not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our Business Combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related Business Combination and may instead search for an alternate Business Combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a Business Combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable Business Combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our Business Combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for additional third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable Business Combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a Business Combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our Business Combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our Business Combination may not be completed in the required time is increased. If our Business Combination is not completed in the required time, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete a Business Combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential Business Combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our Business Combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a Business Combination will be aware that we must complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination, knowing that if we do not complete our Business Combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our Business Combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our Business Combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete a Business Combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete a Business Combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date. For example, the outbreak of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) continues to grow both in the U.S. and globally and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreak on us will depend on future developments, it could limit our ability to complete our Business Combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire. If we have not completed a Business Combination within such applicable time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our Board, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the completion of our Business Combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law. In such case, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

The COVID-19 pandemic and the impact on business and debt and equity markets could have a material adverse effect on our search for a Business Combination, and any target business with which we ultimately complete a Business Combination.

The COVID-19 pandemic, together with resulting voluntary and U.S. federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and non-U.S. governmental actions, including, without limitation, mandatory business closures, public gathering limitations, restrictions on travel and quarantines, has meaningfully disrupted the global economy and markets. Although the long-term economic fallout of COVID-19 is difficultfederal courts have jurisdiction to predict, it has had and is expectedentertain such claims. To prevent having to continue to have ongoing material adverse effects across many, if not all, aspects of the regional, national and global economy. The COVID-19 outbreak has resulted, and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could result,litigate claims in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide,multiple jurisdictions and the businessthreat of any potential target business with which we complete a Business Combination could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a Business Combination if concerns relating to COVID-19 continue to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investorsinconsistent or the target company’s personnel, and vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and complete a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our search for a Business Combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the

severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posedcontrary rulings by the COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete a Business Combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately complete a Business Combination.

In addition, our ability to complete a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing, which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

If we seek shareholder approval of our Business Combination, our initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed Business Combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our Business Combination regulations, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or warrants in such transactions.

Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgment that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the Business Combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our Business Combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of warrants could be to reduce the number of warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our Business Combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. See “Part I, Item I —Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” for a description of how our initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A Ordinary Shares or warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our Business Combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our Business Combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our Business Combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. For example, we may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the Business Combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for Business Combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our Business Combination. If we do not complete our Business Combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, including, without limitation, Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. Our Sponsor or any of its affiliates (including Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates) may make additional investments in us, although our Sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or other duty to do so. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our Business Combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our Business Combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination. If we do not complete our Business Combination our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our Business Combination, and we will depend on loans from our Sponsor or management team to fund our search and to complete our Business Combination.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $2.3 million available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. The funds available to us outside of the trust account to fund our working capital requirements may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, assuming that our Business Combination is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds available to us outside of the Trust Account, together with funds available from loans from our Sponsor, are sufficient to allow us to operate for at least 24 months following the IPO Closing Date; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we expect to use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed Business Combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we do not complete our Business Combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify) and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our Sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates are under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our Business Combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Prior to the completion of our Business Combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our Business Combination. If we do not complete our Business Combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares (or less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify) and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

Subsequent to our completion of our Business Combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the Business Combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any funds held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the funds held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our Business Combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to the letter agreement, our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) the actual amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes if the funds in the Trust Account are held in an interest-bearing account, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. However, we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations, and we believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our Business Combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our Business Combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

You are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 and timely filed a Current Report on Form 8-K after the IPO Closing Date, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect shareholders in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, shareholders are not afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our Units were immediately tradable at the IPO Closing Date and we will have a longer period of time to complete our Business Combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if we were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of a Business Combination.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes if the funds in the Trust Account are held in an interest-bearing account, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account and to not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the Trust Account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we complete a Business Combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy or insolvency court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our Board may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our Board and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our Business Combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our Business Combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a Business Combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds will not be invested and will be held in a non-interest bearing Trust Account. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (a) the completion of our Business Combination; (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date; or (c) absent our completing a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, our return of the funds held in the Trust Account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to consummate a Business Combination. If we do not complete our Business Combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances), and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws, regulations or rules, or a failure to comply with any laws, regulations or rules, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our Business Combination and results of operations.

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments, and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC, Nasdaq and other legal or regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations or rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations or rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our Business Combination, and results of operations.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

We will consider a Business Combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if a Business Combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for the Company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular Business

Combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a Business Combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any shareholder who choose to remain shareholders following our Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses and our strategy will be to identify, acquire and build a company in the TMT sector, we may enter into our Business Combination with a target business that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our Business Combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses and our strategy will be to identify, acquire and build a company in the TMT sector, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our Business Combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our Business Combination with a target business that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective Business Combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our Business Combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we do not complete our Business Combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our Business Combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our Board, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our Business Combination.

We may issue additional Class A Ordinary Shares or preference shares to complete our Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our Business Combination. We may also issue Class A Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Founder Shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 500,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 50,000,000 Founder Shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share. There are 462,625,000 and 40,656,250 authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares (including 35,769,871 Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption) and Founder Shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants, shares issuable upon conversion of the Founder Shares. The Founder Shares are automatically convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares on the first business day following the completion of our Business Combination as described herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. There are no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A Ordinary Shares or preference shares to complete our Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our Business Combination. We may also issue Class A Ordinary Shares upon conversion of the Founder Shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide,different courts, among other things, that prior to or in connection with our Business Combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitleconsiderations, the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on any Business Combination or on any other proposal presented to shareholders prior to or in connection with the completionCertificate of a Business Combination. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of existing shareholders;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A Ordinary Shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A Ordinary Shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A Ordinary Shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Units, Class A Ordinary Shares and/or warrants; and

will not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

Unlike most other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A Ordinary Shares if we issue shares to complete a Business Combination.

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares on the first business day following the completion of our Business Combination at a ratio such that the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares upon completion of the Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or deemed issued by the Company in connection with or in relation to the completion of the Business Combination, excluding (1) any Class A Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Business Combination and (2) any Private Placement Warrants issued to our Sponsor or any of its affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans, minus (b) the number of public shares redeemed by public shareholders in connection with our Business Combination. In no event will the Founder Shares convert into Class A Ordinary Shares at a rate of less than one to one. This is different than most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the Business Combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our Business Combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify), and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific Business

Combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our Business Combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our Business Combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify), and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may only be able to complete one Business Combination with the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants provided us with approximately $360,668,750 that we may use to complete our Business Combination and pay related fees and expenses (excluding $13,081,250 of the underwriter’s deferred discount being held in the Trust Account).

We may effectuate our Business Combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our Business Combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our Business Combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several Business Combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our Business Combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete Business Combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our Business Combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other Business Combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our Business Combination. With multiple Business Combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our Business Combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our Business Combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential Business Combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our Business Combination.

We may structure our Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post Business Combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the Business Combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A Ordinary Shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A Ordinary Shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the Company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

We may seek Business Combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek Business Combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. While we would intend to implement such improvements, to the extent that our efforts are delayed or we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the Business Combination might not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our Business Combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors until we complete our Business Combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our Business Combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that we will not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our Business Combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our Business Combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our Business Combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A Ordinary Shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, all Class A Ordinary Shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate Business Combination.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our Business Combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 65% of the warrants. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered in the Initial Public Offering, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-Business Combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of a Business Combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. For those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by 90% of the company’s shareholders attending and voting at a general meeting. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of the provisions related to pre-Business Combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the private placement of warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, currently beneficially own, on an as converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-Business Combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a Business Combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our Sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A Ordinary Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with each of our Sponsor, directors and each member of our management team. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our Sponsor, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our Business Combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular Business Combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our Business Combination, because we have not yet selected any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our Business Combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our Business Combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our Business Combination, we may be required to seek additional financing (including pursuant to a specified future issuance or otherwise from Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates) or to abandon the proposed Business Combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment may make it difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. None of Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates is obligated to provide, or seek, any such financing or, except as expressly set forth herein, to provide any other services to us. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our Business Combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular Business Combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we do not complete our Business Combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders and not previously released to us to pay our taxes on the liquidation of our Trust Account, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our Business Combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our Business Combination. If we do not complete our Business Combination, our public shareholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months before redemption from our Trust Account.

If we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, the proceeds then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the Trust Account will be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind-up, liquidate the Trust Account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable

provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the IPO Closing Date before the redemption proceeds of our Trust Account become available to them and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our Trust Account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we complete our Business Combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we do not complete our Business Combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the completion of our Business Combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the Trust Account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and the Company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable for a fine of approximately $18,292 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the completion of our Business Combination.

In accordance with the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or extraordinary meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to appoint directors and to discuss company affairs with management.

Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares will not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors we hold prior to our Business Combination.

Prior to our Business Combination, only holders of our Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of a Business Combination, holders of a majority of our Founder Shares may remove a member of the Board for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the management of the Company prior to the completion of a Business Combination.

We are not registering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We are not registering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in our registration statement or prospectus filed in connection with the Initial Public

Offering or the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a net share (cashless) basis, in which case the number of Class A Ordinary Shares that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum number of shares equal to 0.3611 Class A Ordinary Shares per whole warrant (subject to adjustment). However, no such warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from state registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A Ordinary Shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “net share” (cashless) basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of Units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Units. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our Private Placement Warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the warrants included as part of Units sold in the Initial Public Offering. In such an instance, our Sponsor and its transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to sell the Ordinary Shares underlying their warrants while holders of our warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying Ordinary Shares. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our Private Placement Warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the warrants included as part of Units sold in the Initial Public Offering. In such an instance, our Sponsor and its transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to sell the Ordinary Shares underlying their warrants while holders of our warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying Ordinary Shares. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Our ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis after we call the warrants for redemption or if there is no effective registration statement covering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants will cause holders to receive fewer Class A Ordinary Shares upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to pay the exercise price of their warrants in cash.

If we call the warrants for redemption, we will have the option, in our sole discretion, to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a cashless basis. If we choose to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis or if holders elect to do so when there is no effective registration statement, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his or her warrant for cash. For example, if the holder is exercising 875 warrants at $11.50 per share through a cashless exercise when the Class A Ordinary Shares have a fair market value of $17.50 per share when there is no effective registration statement, then upon the cashless exercise, the holder will receive 300 Class A Ordinary Shares. The holder would have received 875 Class A Ordinary Shares if the exercise price was paid in cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in the Company because the warrant holder will hold a smaller number of Class A Ordinary Shares upon a cashless exercise of the warrants they hold.

The warrants may become exercisable and redeemable for a security other than the Class A Ordinary Shares, and you will not have any information regarding such other security at this time.

In certain situations, including if we are not the surviving entity in our Business Combination, the warrants may become exercisable for a security other than the Class A Ordinary Shares. As a result, if the surviving company redeems your warrants for securities pursuant to the warrant agreement, you may receive a security in a company of which you do not have information at this time. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the surviving company will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to register the issuance of the security underlying the warrants within twenty business days of the closing of a Business Combination.

The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders may make it more difficult to complete our Business Combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into at the IPO Closing Date, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Class A Ordinary Shares into which Founder Shares are convertible, the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such warrants. The registration rights will be exercisable with respect to the Founder Shares and the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of such Private Placement Warrants. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our Business Combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares that is expected when the securities owned by our initial shareholders or their permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our Business Combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may pursue Business Combination opportunities in any sector, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our Business Combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet executed or consummated any definitive agreements with any identified Business Combination target, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our Business Combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our Units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to shareholders than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a Business Combination target. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the Business Combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our Business Combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our Business Combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder or warrant holder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or warrant holder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax-transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or warrant holders to pay such taxes. Shareholders or warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

After our Business Combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our Business Combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of a Business Combination, and then only in connection with those Class A Ordinary Shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of our Class A Ordinary Shares, and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the Trust Account upon the subsequent completion of a Business Combination or liquidation if have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date, with respect to such Class A Ordinary Shares so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our Units, Class A Ordinary Shares and warrants are currently listed on Nasdaq. Although we currently meet, on a pro forma basis, the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the Nasdaq listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on Nasdaq in the future or prior to our Business Combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our Business Combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in shareholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our Business Combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our shareholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million and we would be required to have a minimum of 300 round lot holders (with at least 50% of such round lot holders holding securities with a market value of at least $2,500) of our securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A Ordinary Shares are a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our Class A Ordinary Shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our Units and our Class A Ordinary Shares and warrants are listed on Nasdaq, our Units, Class A Ordinary Shares and warrants qualify as covered securities under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 as a result of the successful completion of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants and timely filed a Current Report on Form 8-K after the IPO Closing Date, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect shareholders in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, shareholders are not afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our Units were immediately tradable at the IPO Closing Date and we will have a longer period of time to complete our Business Combination than do companies subject to Rule 419.

If we seek shareholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A Ordinary Shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our Business Combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our Business Combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our Business Combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a Business Combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to issue any notes or other debt securities, we may choose to incur substantial debt (including from Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates) to complete our Business Combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a Business Combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A Ordinary Shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A Ordinary Shares if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions and fund other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements and execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

As of the IPO Closing Date, our initial shareholders owned, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Neither our initial shareholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. In addition, the Founder Shares, all of which are held by our initial shareholders, will entitle the holders to elect all of our directors prior to our Business Combination. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the completion of our Business Combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the Business Combination. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our Business Combination.

We may amend the terms of the warrants and the Private Placement Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of warrants and the holders of Private Placement Warrants, respectively, with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding warrants, and the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants, respectively. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A Ordinary Shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement will provide that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but solely with respect to the terms of the warrants, any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of the then outstanding warrants requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding warrants and, solely with respect to the terms of the Private Placement Warrants, any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the warrants and the Private Placement Warrants, respectively, in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding warrants and holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants, respectively, approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the warrants and the Private Placement Warrants, respectively, with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding warrants and at least 65% of the Private Placement Warrants, respectively, is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of such warrants, convert such warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A Ordinary Shares purchasable upon exercise of such a warrant.

Our warrant agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the exclusive forums for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company.

Our warrant agreementIncorporation provides that subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America arewill be the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiringforum for resolving any interest in anycomplaint asserting a cause of our warrants shall be deemed toaction arising under the Securities Act. While the Delaware courts have noticedetermined that such choice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forumare facially valid and several state trial courts have enforced such provisions of the warrant agreement, isand required that suits asserting Securities Act claims be filed in federal court, when a courtprovision in the certificate of incorporation requires such filing, there is no guarantee that courts of appeal will affirm the enforceability of such provisions or that state trial courts hearing such suits

de novo
will continue to enforce such provisions and a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”)those designated in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce theexclusive forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of New York law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provisionprovisions. This may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incurrequire significant additional costs associated with resolving such mattersaction in other jurisdictions and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.

These exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive forum provision in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could materially and adversely affectseriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and resultprospects.
Future resales of common stock may cause the market price of our securities to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 15, 2021, by and among Enjoy, Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP (the “Sponsor”), the independent directors of MRAC, certain shareholders of Legacy Enjoy and certain of their respective affiliates (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and our bylaws, the Sponsor and certain of our stockholders are contractually restricted from selling or transferring any of its shares of common stock (the
“Lock-up
Shares”) (not including the shares of our common stock issued in a diversionthat certain private placement in the aggregate amount of $80 million, consummated substantially concurrently with the closing of the timeTransactions on October 15, 2021 (the “Closing”), pursuant to those certain subscription agreements with MRAC (the “Subscription Agreements”), and resourcessubject to the conditions set forth therein, pursuant to which the subscribers purchased 8 million shares of common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “PIPE Investment”). Such restrictions began at the Closing and end (i) for certain holders of our management and Board.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a timecommon stock, the date that is disadvantageous180 days after the Closing, except with respect to you, thereby making yourthe shares of our common stock issued to certain holders of our convertible notes to which such restrictions have lapsed following the

37

effectiveness of our resale Form
S-1
registration statement, (ii) for holders of private placement warrants, worthless.

We have the ability to redeemdate that is 30 days after Closing and (iii) for the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at asponsor shares, the date on which the last reported sale price of $0.01 per warrant, if, among other things, the Reference Valueour common stock equals or exceeds $18.00$12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). If for any 20 trading days within any

30-trading
day period commencing at least 150 days from Closing.
The shares held by the Sponsor and whencertain of our stockholders may be sold after the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemptionexpiration of the outstanding warrants as described aboveapplicable
lock-up
period under the Registration Rights Agreement and our Bylaws. As restrictions on resale end, the sale or possibility of sale of these shares could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

In addition, we have the ability to redeemeffect of increasing the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). In such a case, the holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A Ordinary Shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares. The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants, including because the number of Class A Ordinary Shares received is capped at 0.3611 Class A Ordinary Shares per whole warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.

Our warrants and Founder Shares may have an adverse effect onvolatility in the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our Business Combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 9,343,750 Class A Ordinary Shares incommon stock, which price could decline if the Initial Public Offering and simultaneously with the closingholders of our Initial Public Offering, we issued Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor to purchase 6,316,667currently restricted shares of our Class A Ordinary Shares. Our initial shareholders currently own an aggregate of 9,343,750 Founder Shares. The Founder Sharessell them or are convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our Sponsor makes any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

To the extent we issue Class A Ordinary Shares for any reason, including to effectuate a Business Combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A Ordinary Shares upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants when exercised will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and reduce the value of the Class A Ordinary Shares issued to complete the Business Combination. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a Business Combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the Units in our Initial Public Offering except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our Business Combination, (iii) they may be exercisedperceived by the holders on a net share (cashless) basis and (iv) are subjectmarket as intending to registration rights.

Because each Unit contains one-fourth of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the Units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each Unit contains one-fourth of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units, and only whole Units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued to the warrant holder. This is different from other

sell them.

offerings similar to ours whose Units include one Class A Ordinary Share and one warrant to purchase one whole share.

We have established the components of the Units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a Business Combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-fourth of the number of shares compared to Units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this Unit structure may cause our Units to be worth less than if it included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to complete a Business Combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if (i) we issue additional Class A Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our Business Combination at a Newly Issued Price (as defined below) of less than $9.20 per ordinary share, (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our Business Combination on the date of the completion of our Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (iii) the Market Value (as defined below) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively. This may make it more difficult for us to complete a Business Combination with a target business.

A market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential Business Combinations and general market or economic conditions, includingincur substantial costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives. In addition, certain members of our management team have limited experience managing a public company.

As a public company, we incur substantial legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we are subject to the COVID-19 pandemic. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be establishedreporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and sustained.

BecauseConsumer Protection Act, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous Business Combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statementfile annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. Compliance with these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and increase demand on our systems, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. In addition, as a vote on a Business Combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statementspublic company, we may be subject to shareholder activism, which can lead to additional substantial costs, distract management and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. As a result of disclosure of information in filings required to be preparedof a public company, our business and financial condition are more visible, which may result in accordancethreatened or actual litigation, including by competitors.

Certain members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), depending on the circumstancespublic company investors, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordancecomplying with the standards ofincreasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unabletransition to provide such statements in time for usbeing a public company subject to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rulessignificant regulatory oversight and complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame.

Compliancereporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the

day-to-day
management of the business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our failure to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for uscould harm our business.
As a public company, we are required to effectuate a Business Combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increasecomply with the time and costsrequirements of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluatemaintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluations, document our controls and perform testing of our key controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls beginning withcontrol over financial reporting and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirementto attest on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long asreporting once we remainare no longer an emerging growth company,company. If we willare not be requiredable to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement onrequirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or if we encounter difficulties in the timely and accurate reporting of our financial results, our investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our stock may decline and we could be subject to lawsuits, sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. In addition, as noted

38

Table of Contents
under “Item 9A. Controls and Procedures” we have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our Business Combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the United States federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the Board or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A Ordinary Shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include the ability of the Board to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, and the fact that prior to the completion of our Business Combination only holders of our Founder Shares, which have been issued to our Sponsor, are entitled to vote on the appointment of directors, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

If we take advantage of Nasdaq’s controlled company standards, we would be exempt from various corporate governance requirements.

Nasdaq listing rules generally define a “Controlled Company” as any company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. Prior to the vote on our Business Combination, only holders of the Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors. More than 50% of the Founder Shares will be held by our Sponsor. Accordingly, prior to the vote on our Business Combination, we would likely satisfy the definition of being a controlled company. As indicated herein, we do not currently intend to use the related exemptions to Nasdaq’s governance rules under the controlled company standards. However, if we were to change our intentions and take advantage of the controlled company standards, we would be exempt from various corporate governance requirements such as the requirement to have a majority of independent directors and to have a compensation committees comprised entirely of independent directors.

Risks Relating to Our Management Team

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our Business Combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Moreover, certain of our directors and executive officers have time and attention requirements for private investments and private investment funds of which affiliates of Marquee and The Raine Group are the investment managers. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our Business Combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our Business Combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management, director or advisory positions following our Business Combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our Business Combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

The Raine Group’s engagement with other entities may limit its ability to participate in certain transactions on our behalf or preclude us from taking certain actions.

We may, but are not required to, engage The Raine Group for services as a financial advisor in connection with identifying and investigating potential targets for our Business Combination, or for other services in connection with our Business Combination, such as placement agent, or financing or capital markets advisor. The Raine Group is often engaged as a financial advisor, or to provide financing, to corporations and other entities and their directors and managers in connection with the sale or acquisition of entities, their assets or their subsidiaries, or securities, and The Raine Group’s compensation in connection with these engagements may be substantial. Such third-party clients may seek for The Raine Group to act exclusively on their behalf, and The Raine Group may be precluded in many instances from participating in our Business Combination with such a target business. Additionally, for these reasons and/or for other reasons, subject to the fiduciary duties of the directors to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law, we may be precluded in many instances from attempting to acquire securities of the business being sold or otherwise participate as a buyer in the transaction. The Raine Group may be incentivized to direct an opportunity to one of these buyers or to form a consortium with such buyers to bid for the opportunity, thereby eliminating or reducing the investment opportunity available to us.

We may engage Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC, Raine Securities LLC, or other affiliates of our Sponsor, as our financial advisor or agent on our Business Combination and other transactions. Any fee in connection with such engagement may be conditioned upon the completion of such transactions. This financial interest in the completion of such transactions may influence the advice such affiliate provides.

We may engage Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC or Raine Securities LLC, or another affiliate of our Sponsor, as a financial advisor or other advisor or agent in connection with our Business Combination and pay such affiliate a customary financial advisory fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard financial advisory fee for comparable transactions. Pursuant to any such engagement, the affiliate may earn its fee upon closing of the Business Combination. The payment of such fee would likely be conditioned upon the completion of the Business Combination. Therefore, our Sponsor may have additional financial interests in the completion of the Business Combination. These financial interests may influence the advice any such affiliate provides us as our financial advisor, which advice would contribute to our decision on whether to pursue a Business Combination with any particular target.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination, and a particular Business Combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular Business Combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with us after the completion of our Business Combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the Business Combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the Business Combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the Business Combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our Business Combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential Business Combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our Business Combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our Business Combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business, which may increase the probability that we enter into a Business Combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our shareholder’s investment in us.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our Business Combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the Business Combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our Business Combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a Business Combination and their other businesses. We do not have or intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our Business Combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, certain of our officers and directors are employed by affiliates of Marquee or affiliates of The Raine Group (although there is no assurance that such officers and directors will remain associated with such entities), which may own and manage certain portfolio companies that make investments in securities or other interest of or relating to companies in industries we may target for our Business Combination. The Raine Group also which sponsors, manages and advises certain accounts that make, or may in the future make, investments in securities or other interests of or relating to companies in industries we may target for our Business Combination. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairsreporting, which may have a negative impactmaterial and adverse effect on our ability to complete our Business Combination.

Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business, opportunity should be presented.

Until we complete our Business Combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our Business Combination.

In addition, our directors and officers, Marquee and The Raine Group or their respective affiliates may in the future become affiliated with other blank check companies that may have acquisition objectives that are similar to ours. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to such other blank check companies prior to its presentation to us, subject to our officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that we renounce our interest in any Business Combination opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with Marquee, The Raine Group, our Sponsor, our directors or executive officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a Business Combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular Business Combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

In particular, affiliates of our Sponsor (including Marquee, The Raine Group or their respective affiliates) have invested, and will in the future invest, in the TMT sector. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable Business Combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.

We may engage in a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our Sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with or competitive with Marquee, The Raine Group, our Sponsor, executive officers, directors, or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described in “Item 10, Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” herein. Our directors and officers, Marquee and The Raine Group or their respective affiliates may Sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking a Business Combination. Such entities may compete with us for Business Combination opportunities. Although we are not specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a Business Combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm regarding the fairness to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view of a Business Combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the Business Combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Moreover, we may, at our option, pursue an affiliated joint acquisition opportunity with Marquee, The Raine Group and their respective affiliates or with other entities to which an officer or director has a fiduciary, contractual or other obligation or duty. Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our Business Combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such parties, which may give rise to certain conflicts of interest.

Since our Sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our Business Combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares acquired after the Initial Public Offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular Business Combination target is appropriate for our Business Combination.

Initial shareholders hold in the aggregate 9,343,750 Founder Shares, representing 20% of the total outstanding shares as of December 31, 2020. The Founder Shares will be worthless if we do not complete a Business Combination. In addition, our Sponsor holds an aggregate of 6,316,667 Private Placement Warrants that will also be worthless if we do not complete a Business Combination. Holders of Founder Shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed Business Combination and (B) not to redeem any Founder Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed Business Combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our Sponsor, affiliates of our Sponsor or an officer or director, and we may pay our Sponsor, officers, directors and any of their respective affiliates fees and expenses in connection with identifying, investigating and completing a Business Combination.

The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target Business Combination, completing a Business Combination and influencing the operation of the business following the Business Combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the IPO Closing Date approaches, which is the deadline for our completion of a Business Combination.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our Business Combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such Business Combination, and if we effect such Business Combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our Business Combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border Business Combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our Business Combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our Business Combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future Business Combinations may be effected;

exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

government appropriation of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such Business Combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business,results, financial condition and results of operations.

If our management following our Business Combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws.

Following our Business Combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the Company and the management of the target business at the time of the Business Combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our Business Combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to complete our Business Combination and if we effect our Business Combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

prospects.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following the completion of our Business Combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the completion of our Business Combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to complete such transaction.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our Business Combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our Business Combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the SEC, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expensescurrently an “emerging growth company” and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities.

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

General Risk Factors

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results, and we have not commenced operations. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our Business Combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a Business Combination and may be unable to complete our Business Combination. If we do not complete our Business Combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance of Marquee and The Raine Group, or their respective affiliates, including our management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, Marquee, The Raine Group or their respective principals or affiliates, is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience and performance of Marquee and The Raine Group, their affiliates or our management team is not a guarantee either that: (1) we will be able to successfully identify a suitable candidate for our Business Combination; or (2) of any results with respect to any Business Combination we may complete. You should not rely on the historical records of Marquee and The Raine Group, their affiliates or our management team’s performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. An investment in us is not an investment in Marquee and The Raine Group or their respective affiliates.

Potential conflicts of interest with other businesses of Marquee and The Raine Group could negatively impact the performance of an investment in us.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively impact our performance. A number of these potential conflicts of interest, including those that may be associated with the financial or other interests of Marquee, The Raine Group or their respective affiliates, are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. They are not, and are not intended to be, a complete enumeration or explanation of all of the potential conflicts of interest that may arise.

Our Sponsor is an affiliate of Marquee and The Raine Group. Crane H. Kenney, our Co-Chief Executive Officer, Alexander D. Sugarman, our Executive Vice President, Jason Sondag, our Vice President, and Thomas Ricketts, our co-Chairman and Director, are currently associated with affiliates of Marquee that own and manage certain portfolio companies that make investments in securities or other interests of or relating to companies in industries we may target for our Business Combination. Accordingly, conflicts may arise from Marquee’s sponsorship of the Company and actions undertaken by Marquee or its principals for its or their own account. Such actions may have an adverse effect on us. In addition, Brett Varsov, our Co-Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Beyrouty, our Chief Financial Officer, Evan Ellsworth, our Vice President and Brandon Gardner, our co-Chairman and Director, are currently associated with The Raine Group and will not be independent of The Raine Group (although there is no assurance that any of them will remain associated with The Raine Group). The Raine Group is a global investment and advisory firm focused exclusively on the TMT sector. As such, The Raine Group provides a diversified range of financial services in a broad spectrum of activities, including investment banking, private placement and lending, principal investing, financial and merger and acquisition advisory services, underwriting, investment management activities, sponsoring and managing private investment funds, brokerage, trustee and similar activities on a global basis. Conflicts may arise from The Raine Group’s sponsorship of the Company, its provision of services both to us (including as a financial advisor) and to third-party clients, as well as from actions undertaken by The Raine Group for its own account. In performing services for other clients and also when acting for its own account, The Raine Group may take commercial steps which may have an adverse effect on us. Any of The Raine Group’s financial market activities may, individually or in the aggregate, have an adverse effect on us, and the interests of The Raine Group or its clients or counterparties may at times be adverse to ours.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of certain U.S. holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares or warrants, such U.S. Holder may be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional“smaller reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception. Because it is expected that the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering will not be invested and will be held in a non-interest bearing account, which of our taxable years will be considered the start-up year for purposes of the start-up exception is subject to uncertainty. There is a possibility that our position on this matter may change depending on a number of factors, whereby we can would seek to invest the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, including amounts in the Trust Account, in U.S. government securities with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, that invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules, including the potential unavailability of the start-up exception and the making of a protective QEF election.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting companycompany” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and ifto the extent we takehave taken advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are currently an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the Market Value of our Class A Ordinary Shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30th before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to
non-emerging
growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company, which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountingaccountant standards used.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by

non-affiliates
equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more during such fiscal year (as indexed for inflation), (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in
non-convertible
debt in the prior three-year period or (iv) December 31, 2025.
Additionally, we arequalify as a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation
S-K.
Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of anythe fiscal year for so long as either (1)in which (i) the market value of our Class A Ordinary Sharescommon stock held by
non-affiliates does not equal or exceed $250.0
exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30th,end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2)(ii) our annual revenues did not equal or exceed $100.0exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our Class A Ordinary Sharescommon stock held by
non-affiliates did not equal
equals or exceed $700.0exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th.end of that year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

We

39

Table of Contents
Future issuances of debt securities and equity securities may adversely affect us, including the market price of our common stock and may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
In the future, we may incur debt or issue equity-ranking senior to our common stock. Those securities will generally have priority upon liquidation. Such securities also may be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting its operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue debt or equity in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts. As a result, future capital raising efforts may reduce the market price of our common stock and be dilutive to existing stockholders.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.
Our common stock and public warrants are currently maintainlisted on Nasdaq. If Nasdaq delists our executive offices at 65 East 55th Street, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10022. The costsecurities from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:
a limited availability of market quotations for our use of this space is provided free of charge from Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequatesecurities;
reduced liquidity for our current operations.

securities;

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities; or
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our common stock and public warrants are listed on Nasdaq, they are covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state, other than the State of Idaho, having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.
Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a delisting of our securities.
If we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum share price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our securities. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of the securities and would impair your ability to sell or purchase the securities when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our securities to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our securities, prevent our securities from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum share price requirement or prevent future
non-compliance
with Nasdaq’s listing requirements. Additionally, if our securities are not listed on, or become delisted from, Nasdaq for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.
40

Table of Contents
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of common stock are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Shares of our common stock that are currently restricted from immediate resale may be sold into the market in the near future. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of common stock. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of common stock and public warrants.
To the extent our warrants are exercised, additional shares of common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to the holders of common stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales, or the potential sales, of substantial numbers of shares in the public market by the selling security holders, subject to certain restrictions on transfer until the termination of applicable
lock-up
periods, could increase the volatility of the market price of common stock or adversely affect the market price of common stock.
There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any membersguarantee that our warrants will be in the money at the time they become exercisable, and they may expire worthless.
The exercise price for our warrants is $11.50 per share of common stock. There is no guarantee that the warrants will be in the money following the time they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, and as such, the warrants may expire worthless.
Our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of our management team in their capacitywarrants could have a material effect on our financial results.
On April 12, 2021, the staff (the “SEC Staff”) of the SEC issued a statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”) (the “SEC Staff Statement”).” In the SEC Staff Statement, the SEC Staff expressed its view that certain terms and conditions common to SPAC warrants may require the warrants to be classified as such, and we andliabilities on the membersSPAC’s balance sheet as opposed to equity. We evaluated the accounting treatment of our management team have not been subjectwarrants and determined to anyclassify such proceedingwarrants as derivative liabilities measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings.
Accounting Standards Codification 815, Derivatives and Hedging, provides for the
re-measurement
of the fair value of such derivatives at each balance sheet date, with a resulting
non-cash
gain or loss related to the change in the 12 months precedingfair value being recognized in earnings in the datestatement of this Annual Reportoperations. As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, our consolidated financial statements and results of operations may fluctuate quarterly, based on Form 10-K.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

(a) Market Information

Our Units began tradingfactors which are outside of our control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, we expect that we will recognize

non-cash
gains or losses on our warrants each reporting period and that the Nasdaq Capital Market underamount of such gains or losses could be material.
We may amend the symbol “MRACU” on December 17, 2021. On February 6, 2021,terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Units elected to separately tradecommon stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.
Our warrants are issued in registered form under the Class A Ordinary SharesWarrant Agreement between the warrant agent and us. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the warrants included inmay be amended without the Units. Each whole warrant entitles theconsent of any holder to purchasecure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of one Class A Ordinary Shareat least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a
41

Table of Contents
holder if holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash or stock (at a ratio different than initially provided), shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant. For further information regarding our warrants, please see “Note 9,
Stock Warrants
, of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” elsewhere in this Report.
We may redeem unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to warrant holders, thereby making such warrants worthless.
We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $11.50$0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30
trading-day
period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (a) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (b) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (c) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants.
In addition, we may redeem your warrants after they become exercisable for a number of shares of common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our common stock. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to a cash redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are
“out-of-the-money,”
in which case, you would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of our common stock had your warrants remained outstanding.
We may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of the common stock.
We have warrants outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 15,660,396 shares of common stock. Pursuant to the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), we may issue an aggregate of up to 13,666,020 shares of common stock, which amount may be subject to adjustmentincrease from time to time. We may also issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, future acquisitions or repayment of outstanding indebtedness, without stockholder approval, in a number of circumstances. The issuance of additional shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:
existing stockholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;
the amount of cash available per share, including for payment of dividends in the future, may decrease;
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common stock may be diminished; and
the market price of the common stock may decline.
We expect a number of factors to cause our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance.
Our results of operations have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that our results of operations will continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year because of a variety of
42

Table of Contents
factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our results of operations on a
period-to-period
basis may not be meaningful. In addition to other risk factors described elsewhere in this “
Risk Factors
” section, factors that may contribute to the variability of our quarterly and annual results include:
our ability to attract and retain Business Partners and Consumers that utilize our services in a cost-effective manner;
our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan expenses;
the effects of increased competition on our business;
our ability to successfully expand in existing markets and successfully enter new markets;
changes in consumer behavior with respect to
in-home
delivery and set up as describedwell as related support services;
increases in marketing, sales and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and acquire new Consumers and establish new commercial relationships;
the impact of worldwide economic conditions, including the resulting effect on consumer spending on consumer electronics;
the impact of weather on our business;
our ability to maintain an adequate rate of growth and effectively manage that growth;
the effects of changes in search engine placement and prominence;
our ability to keep pace with technology changes in our final prospectus dated December 14, 2020industry;
the success of our sales and marketing efforts;
the effects of negative publicity on our, and our Business Partners’, business, reputation, or brand;
our ability to protect, maintain and enforce our intellectual property;
costs associated with defending claims, including intellectual property infringement claims and related judgments or settlements;
changes in governmental or other regulations affecting our business, including regulations regarding data privacy and security that may affect how we handle personal information;
interruptions in service and any related impact on our business, reputation, or commercial relationships;
the attraction and engagement of qualified employees and key personnel;
our ability to choose and effectively manage third-party service providers;
the effects of natural or human-made catastrophic events;
the impact of a pandemic or an outbreak of disease or similar public health concern, such as the recent
COVID-19
pandemic, or fear of such an event;
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;
the impact of payment processor costs and procedures;
changes in the online payment transfer rate; and
changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional tax liabilities.
The variability and unpredictability of our results of operations could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other results of operations for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations, the market price of our common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.
43

Table of Contents
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
The market price of our common stock may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
If analysts do not publish research about our business or if they publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that analysts publish about our business. We do not have any control over these analysts, or any research such analysts may publish. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If few analysts cover us, demand for our common stock could decrease and our common stock price and trading volume may decline. Similar results may occur if one or more of these analysts stop covering us in the future or fail to publish reports on us regularly.
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2.
Properties.
We are headquartered in Palo Alto, California. Our corporate office is 27,000 square feet, and is the home to our engineering, operations, facility management, creative, training, finance, legal, human resources and information technology teams that support Enjoy operations globally. We moved into our current headquarters in August 2019, where we began a seven-year lease for the building.
In addition to our corporate office space we also lease 91 regional field warehouses, or “Enjoy Houses”. Our 68 Enjoy Houses in our North America segment total to roughly 660,000 rentable square feet and our 23 Enjoy Houses in our Europe segment total 260,000 rentable square feet. Most operate on a five-year lease.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings.
We have in the past and may in the future be subject to legal proceedings, claims and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. We do not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of any such matter will have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
44

Table of Contents
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
Trading of our common stock and warrants began on the Nasdaq on October 15, 2021, under the new ticker symbol “ENJY” for common stock and “ENJYW” for the warrants. Prior to the Initial Public Offering which was filed withDomestication, the SEC. warrants may only be exercised for a whole number ofMRAC Class A Ordinary Sharesordinary shares and will become exercisableMRAC warrants traded under the ticker symbols “MRAC” and “MRACW”, respectively, on the laterNasdaq.
Holders of 30 days after the completion of our Business Combination or 12 months from the IPO Closing Date. Our warrants expire five years after the completion of our Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

(b) Holders

Record

As of March 23, 2021,21, 2022, there was one holder of record of our Units, one holder of record of our Class A Ordinary Shares, one holder of record of our Founder Shares and twowere 720 holders of record of our common stock, including brokers and other institutions, which hold shares of our common stock on behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial holders, and 2 holders of record of our warrants.

(c) The actual number of holders of our common stock and public warrants is greater than the number of record holders, and includes holders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares or warrants are held in street name by brokers or other nominees.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A Ordinary Shares or Founder Shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.dividends. The payment of cash dividends in the foreseeable future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our Business Combination.condition. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our Business Combination will beis within the discretion of our Boardboard of directors at such time. In addition, our Board is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our Business Combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

(d) Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

(e)

Stock Performance Graph

Not applicable.

(f)

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Securities
The information required has been previously disclosed in our Current Report on Form
8-K
filed with the SEC on October 22, 2021.
Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales

On October 28, 2020, our Sponsor purchased 10,062,500 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price

None.
Issuer Purchases of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregateEquity Securities
None.
Item 6. Reserved.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 75,000 Founder Shares to our independent directors. On November 10, 2020, our Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, resulting in an aggregateFinancial Condition and Results of 9,343,750 Founder Shares outstanding. Prior to the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 6,316,667 Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds, before expenses, of $9,475,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants sold as part of the Units in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants.

The sales of the above securities by the Company were exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

Use of Proceeds

On December 14, 2020, our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 250997) was declared effective by the SEC for the Initial Public Offering pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 37,375,000 Units at an offering price to the public of $10.00 per Unit, including 4,875,000 Units as a result of the underwriter’s full exercise of its over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $373,750,000.

After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred discount payable upon the consummation of our Business Combination, if consummated) and the estimated offering expenses, the total net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was $374,750,000, of which $360,668,750 (or $10.00 per share sold in the Initial Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Account in the United States maintained by the Trustee.

Through December 31, 2020, we incurred $20.4 million for costs and expenses related to the Initial Public Offering. At the IPO Closing Date, we paid a total of $7,475,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, the underwriter agreed to defer $13,081,250 in underwriting commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of our Business Combination, if consummated. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our Initial Public Offering as described in our final prospectus dated December 14, 2020, which was filed with the SEC.

Our Sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of incorporation provide, that we will have 24 months from the IPO Closing Date to complete our Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our Business Combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in our Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in our Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholder’s rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

As of December 31, 2020, $373,750,000 was held in the Trust Account, and we had approximately $2.3 million of unrestricted cash available to us for our activities in connection with identifying and conducting due diligence of a suitable Business Combination, and for general corporate matters.

Operations.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not applicable.

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

References to the “Company,” “Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp.” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp.

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’sour financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunctiontogether with theour financial statements and therelated notes thereto contained elsewhereand other financial information included in this report. Certain information contained in theReport. The following discussion and analysis set forth below includesmay contain forward-looking statements that involve risksreflect our plans, estimates and uncertainties.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward looking statements. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward looking statements. Such forward looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. No assurance can be given that results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved andbeliefs. Our actual results could be affected by one or more factors, which could cause them to differ materially. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Report, particularly in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.

45

Overview
Enjoy started with a simple question, “What if the best of the store could come to you?” Over the last eight years we built and optimized our Mobile Store, a new channel that pairs the convenience of online shopping with the personal touch of an
in-store
retail experience brought together in the comfort of Consumers’ homes.
Over the past twenty five years, eCommerce has disrupted the retail industry in virtually every category, shifting commerce from physical stores to the home. While eCommerce channels greatly expanded choices and increased convenience with fulfillment to customers’ doorsteps, they have not addressed the importance of an interactive shopping experience that customers desire for premium products, such as technology. Enjoy provides
set-up
and activation, and also assists customers in purchasing hardware, accessories, and subscription services in the comfort of the home. This Mobile Store shopping experience creates a unique and deep retail experience for Consumers that does not exist with traditional retail channels. We further believe that this represents the next disruption in the consumer shopping experience.
We maintain multi-year contractual relationships with leading telecommunications and technology companies, which are our Customers. Our revenue stems from a variety of service,
set-up
and delivery fees that are paid to us by our Customers. During a visit from our Mobile Store, the Consumer pays for products and services directly to our Customers via secure mobile
point-of-sale
devices. On confirmation of the purchase, our Customers then remit our fees directly to us.
Enjoy delivers a broad assortment of telecommunications and technology products and accessories, which are provided by our Customers. Our Experts provide
set-up,
activation and demonstration of the products we deliver. We assist Consumers in evaluating and selecting a myriad of accessories, media sources, protection, broadband, and other services. We also assist in the
trade-in
and upgrade of our customers’ products. We strive to deliver our customers’ products with
same-day
or
next-day
frequency, matching the speed of traditional eCommerce channels but with an experience.
Consumers initiate their purchase on our Customers’ eCommerce sites, service centers or retail locations. The Consumer selects
at-home
delivery and a delivery window. Consumer orders flow seamlessly from our Customers’ eCommerce sites to Enjoy via deeply integrated technology platforms. This results in near-zero Consumer acquisition costs for Enjoy.
Our inventory is 100% consigned to us by our Customers and maintained in secure warehouses at our market locations. These warehouse locations also serve as the base of operations for our Mobile Store fleets and as the operating center for the market in which they serve. Our warehouses also provide meeting, training and support services for our Experts. Our warehouses and Mobile Store vehicle fleet are fully leased. We currently operate in over 80 locations which provide access to over 50% of the population in the markets that we serve, representing over 200 million addressable consumers.
Our business is enabled by highly sophisticated, proprietary sets of technology applications, systems and data science tools. To deliver and optimize millions of retail experiences, we built our technology platform from the ground up to support customer integrations, smart logistics and a variety of solutions to empower our Experts in providing the best and most personalized experience for every Consumer.
Our Experts are central to the
at-home
retail experience we provide for Consumers. Our Experts are 100% Enjoy employees and have the skills and training to be deeply knowledgeable about the products and services that we offer. We believe our Experts bring a world-class and deeply engaging shopping experience to Consumers.
We believe Enjoy is positioned to benefit from several long-term trends that will continue to expand the demand for
commerce-at-home.
These trends include but may not be limited to (1) the growth in online shopping and the need for speed and convenience, (2) a more mobile workforce, which includes increased telecommuting and
46

work-from-home arrangements, all of which have been accelerated by the
COVID-19
pandemic, (3) increasingly connected homes enabled by technology and telecommunications and (4) the rapid expansion of subscription-based services delivered through online channels.
Factors Affecting Our Business
Consumer Discretionary Spending:
We rely on consumer discretionary spending and may be adversely affected by economic downturns and other macroeconomic conditions or trends. Our business and operating results are subject to global economic conditions and their impact on consumer discretionary spending. Some of the factors that may negatively influence consumer spending include high levels of unemployment, higher consumer debt levels, reductions in net worth, and declines in asset values and related market uncertainty, fluctuating commodity prices, inflation and general uncertainty regarding the overall future political and economic environment. Consumer purchases of technology may decline during periods of economic uncertainty, when disposable income is reduced or when there is a reduction in consumer confidence. Such economic uncertainty may slow the rate at which individuals choose to purchase new technology, upgrade existing technology or purchase services, subscriptions or accessories.
Online Consumer Shopping Behaviors and
commerce-at-home:
Our business is affected by online shopping behavior and growth of eCommerce. Our revenue stems primarily from online purchases originating at our Customers’ websites or customer service centers. The global online shopping market is large and growing as a percentage of global retail purchases. Consumers are diversifying their purchases for delivery at home, and the
COVID-19
pandemic has accelerated this trend. With consumers wary of buying
in-store,
they have increased demand for new product categories purchased online and delivered to their homes. Consumers are also increasing their purchases of at home services through online channels. Although there has been an increased demand in eCommerce business in the marketplace,
COVID-19
safety protocols materially reduced the percent of our indoor Consumer engagements, which negatively impacted our business.
Changes in Consumer Behavior and Lifestyles:
Our business is affected by changes in consumer behavior and lifestyles at home and work and the role that mobile technology plays in enabling these changes. Mobile technology has grown rapidly over the past four decades and reliance on smartphones is predicted to increase as more features become available. Smartphone and mobile technology represent the primary product categories in our revenues. Furthermore, work-from-home and remote-work have been growing steadily. While the
COVID-19
pandemic has dramatically increased work-from-home arrangements over the past year, the underlying trends towards a more flexible work environments and telecommuting suggest that these trends will continue. Studies suggest flexible work environments create a more productive and happier workforce. Advancements in technology have allowed remote workers to collaborate in increasingly effective ways. These trends are likely to accelerate
commerce-at-home.
Product Innovation Lifecycles
:
Our business is affected by upgrade cycles in smartphone and consumer technology. Consumer trends in the length of the average replacement cycle for technology are linked to advancements in performance and features of these devices. Our Customers produce or sell leading brands and are quick to bring innovations to market.
Changes in Products and Services Offered by Our Customers:
In addition to our base fee earned from our Customers for delivery and setup of products, our revenues are affected by
add-on
digital subscription services and device protection plans purchased by Consumers. Digital subscription services such as news, music, movies, gaming apps and entertainment have been growing as consumers have shifted their consumption behaviors from traditional sources of content to online and
on-demand
formats. Our business is also affected by consumer adoption of device protection plans and other support services provided by our Customers. We believe that the growth in subscription services driven by both consumer adoption rates and new services will continue.
Availability of Inventory from Our Customers:
We carry consigned inventory provided by our Customers. This inventory is either manufactured or procured by our Customers and delivered to our warehouses. We cannot
47

guarantee with certainty that we will have adequate inventory at all times to support our business. At times, our business can face disruptions stemming from inventory shortages driven by new product releases with high consumer demand, supply constraints, political, environmental or other factors.
Seasonal Sales Trends:
We have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in sales due to the spending patterns of Consumers. Our revenue has generally been lowest in the first and second calendar quarters due to lower consumer demand following the fourth quarter holiday season and because of the decline in sales that typically occurs in anticipation of the introduction of new or enhanced smartphone and consumer technology, which usually take place in the third calendar quarter and which tend to drive sales in that quarter and the following quarter. Further, our revenue tends to be higher in the third and fourth calendar quarter due to seasonal sales such as “Black Friday” and “Cyber Monday,” as Consumers tend to make higher purchases during the holiday season. Our revenue for the second calendar quarter is generally the lowest of the year followed by the first calendar quarter.
Recent Developments
Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp. Merger
Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp. (“MRAC” and, after the Domestication as described below, “New Enjoy”), our predecessor, a Cayman Islands exempted company, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 28, 2021 and amended on July 23, 2021 and September 13, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among MRAC, MRAC Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of MRAC (“Merger Sub”), and Enjoy Technology Operating Corp. (f/k/a Enjoy Technology Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Legacy Enjoy”). We refer to the transactions contemplated by the forward-looking statementsMerger Agreement as the ”Merger” and together with the Domestication (as defined below) as the “Transactions”.
On October 14, 2021, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, MRAC filed a notice of deregistration with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies, together with the necessary accompanying documents, and filed a certificate of incorporation and a certificate of corporate domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, under which MRAC was domesticated and continues as a resultDelaware corporation, changing its name to “Enjoy Technology, Inc.” (the “Domestication”).
On October 15, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), Legacy Enjoy consummated the Transactions with New Enjoy as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, and New Enjoy common stock and warrants began trading on Nasdaq under the ticker symbols “ENJY” and “ENJYW”, respectively.
In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, MRAC entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”) pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase, in the aggregate, approximately 8 million shares of New Enjoy common stock at $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment amount of approximately $80 million (the “PIPE Shares”). Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, New Enjoy agreed to provide the PIPE Investors with certain registration rights with respect to the PIPE Shares. The PIPE investment was consummated substantially concurrently with the closing of the Transactions.
On the Closing Date, certain investors (the “Backstop Investors”) purchased, in the aggregate, 5,590,906 shares of New Enjoy common stock (the “Backstop Shares”), for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of approximately $55,009,060, pursuant to the backstop agreements, dated September 13, 2021 (the “Backstop Agreements”). Pursuant to the Backstop Agreements, New Enjoy agreed to provide certain registration rights to the Backstop Investors with respect to the Backstop Shares.
LCH Transaction:
In April 2021, to induce one of its stockholders, LCH Enjoir L.P. (“LCH”), to surrender to Enjoy certain of its rights in connection with the Merger, Enjoy entered into the Stockholder Contribution Agreement with Ron Johnson and the Stock Issuance Agreement with LCH. Pursuant to the Stockholder
48

Contribution Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing, Mr. Johnson contributed a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing $20.0 million by the product obtained by multiplying $10.00 by the exchange ratio calculated in accordance with the Merger Agreement used to determine that number of shares each share of the Company’s common stock will be exchanged for at the closing of the Merger (“Contributed Shares”). In October 2021, as detailed in the Stock Issuance Agreement, Enjoy issued a number of shares equal to the Contributed Shares to LCH.
COVID-19:
Our business was materially impacted by
COVID-19
in several ways. Typically, Consumer interactions occur within their home. Social distancing protocols changed the way we interact with Consumers and our
in-home
visits fell to zero in the early stages of the pandemic. Depending on the geography during certain periods we had no
in-home
visits and these visits remained significantly below
pre-COVID
levels throughout 2020 and 2021. In addition, the Company furloughed employees in the U.K. beginning in April 2020 through August 2020 and again starting January 2021 through August 2021. These factors negatively impacted both Daily Mobile Store counts and Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store, as defined below. To protect our employees and Consumers, we implemented a variety of protocols to provide masks, cleaning supplies and other protocols that remain in place.
The Company and its Business Partners continue to experience logistic, supply chain, and manufacturing challenges that are expected to continue during 2022. As economies around the world continue to recover, shortages in raw materials and inventory have become more widespread. During the latter half of fiscal year 2021, we experienced shortages in our inventory of recently launched key smartphones. Inventory shortages, and shortages of the raw materials used in the products we sell, have caused and may continue to cause, delays in the supply chain. While we are dedicating significant resources to manage, mitigate, and resolve these issues, we currently expect supply chain challenges to continue to impact our ability to deliver products to our Consumers over the next several quarters.
The Company cannot at this time predict the specific extent, duration, or full impact that the
COVID-19
pandemic will have on our financial condition and operations. The full impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic on management estimates and the financial performance of the Company may depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak including new variants and related governmental advisories and restrictions and the effectiveness of the
COVID-19
vaccine. In addition, the Company could see some limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on operations, including but not limited to those detailedsickness of employees or their families, desire for employees to avoid contact with groups of people, and increased reliance on working from home.
2021 Convertible Loan:
In April 2021, the Company entered into a convertible unsecured subordinated loan agreement to borrow up to $75.0 million (the “2021 Convertible Loan”) from new investors, certain existing investors and executives. The 2021 Convertible Loan was senior in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors,right of payment to the convertible unsecured subordinated loan agreement entered into by Enjoy in October 2020 to borrow up to $50.0 million from certain existing investors and executives (the “2020 Convertible Loan”), but expressly subordinated in right of payment to that certain first lien term loan agreement with Blue Torch Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain affiliates of Blue Torch Capital LP, as lenders, to borrow a first lien term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $37.0 million (the “Blue Torch Loan”). The 2021 Convertible Loan had several conversion options, including an optional conversion upon maturity and automatic conversion upon a merger with a special purpose acquisition company (“SPAC Transaction”). If a SPAC Transaction occurred on or prior to the maturity date and prior to payment in full of the principal amount, then the outstanding principal amount of the 2021 Convertible Loan and all accrued and unpaid interest will automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of our common stock immediately prior to the Closing at a price per share equal to 80% of the value assigned to each share of Legacy Enjoy common stock. The 2021 Convertible Loan incurred interest at 8% per annum and matures in April 2022. The 2021 Convertible Loan was converted to shares of common stock upon Closing.
49

Restricted Stock Unit Grants:
In June 2021, the Company granted restricted stock units (“June 2021 RSUs”) underlying approximately 2 million shares of the Company’s common stock under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The June 2021 RSUs vest upon satisfaction of both service and performance-based vesting requirements. The service-based vesting requirements are satisfied as to 25% of the June 2021 RSUs on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% vesting in substantially equal quarterly installments for three years thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date. The performance-based vesting conditions were satisfied upon Closing.
In July 2021, the Company granted restricted stock units (“July 2021 RSUs”) underlying approximately 900,000 shares of the Company’s common stock under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The July 2021 RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of service-based vesting conditions with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% vesting in substantially equal quarterly installments for three years thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.
In December 2021, the Company granted restricted stock units (“December 2021 RSUs”) underlying approximately 4.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. The December 2021 RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of service-based vesting conditions either: a) 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% vesting in substantially equal quarterly installments for three years thereafter; b)
one-third
vesting on each of the first three anniversaries of the vesting commencement date; or c) awards vest in substantially equal quarterly installments for four years following the vesting start date, all subject to continued service through each vesting date.
Key Performance Metrics
Management regularly review several metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. The reasons we believe these key performance metrics are useful to investors are provided below.
Daily Mobile Stores:
Daily Mobile Stores represent the number of Mobile Stores we operate on a given day. This is calculated by dividing the total number of visit-serving Expert shifts in a given reporting period by the number of calendar days in that period. A visit-serving Expert shift is defined as an Expert that is scheduled to serve Consumers on a given day. We believe this Annual Report on Form 10-Kis the primary measure of scale and growth of our other filingsretail footprint.
Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store:
Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store is defined as the average daily revenue generated per Daily Mobile Store. This metric is calculated by dividing the revenue generated in a given reporting period by the product of Daily Mobile Stores and the number of days in that given reporting period. We believe growth in Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store is a key driver for increasing the Company’s profitability.
Mobile Store Profit (Loss) and Mobile Store Margin:
Mobile Store Profit (Loss) is a measure prepared in accordance with GAAP and is defined as revenue less cost of revenue. Mobile Store Margin is Mobile Store Profit (Loss) as a percentage of revenue. We view this metric as an important measure of business performance as it captures Mobile Store profitability and provides comparability across reporting periods.
Segment Income (Loss):
Segment Income (Loss) is defined as revenue less cost of revenue, operational expenses directly related to each segment and excludes certain corporate expenses. We view this metric as an important measure of business performance as it captures Mobile Store and segment profitability and provides comparability across reporting periods.
Adjusted EBITDA:
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net loss adjusted for interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and certain expenses not considered a core part of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA provides a basis for comparison of our business operations between current, past
50

and future periods by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is a
non-GAAP
measure. Refer to the SEC. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable
Non-GAAP
Measures”
section below for further discussion.
The following tables present our key performance metrics for the periods presented (in thousands except Daily Mobile Stores amounts):
   
Year Ended December 31, 2021
 
   
North
America
  
Europe
  
Consolidated
 
Daily Mobile Stores
   496   137   633 
Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store
  $378  $251  $351 
Mobile Store Loss
  $(23,116 $(8,796 $(31,912
Mobile Store Margin
   (33.8)%   (70.2)%   (39.4)% 
Segment Loss
  $(103,334 $(28,522 
Adjusted EBITDA
    $(166,510
   
Year Ended December 31, 2020
 
   
North
America
  
Europe
  
Consolidated
 
Daily Mobile Stores
   334   130   464 
Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store
  $382  $289  $356 
Mobile Store Loss
  $(7,444 $(4,105 $(11,549
Mobile Store Margin
   (16.0)%   (29.9)%   (19.1)% 
Segment Loss
  $(64,669 $(18,167 
Adjusted EBITDA
    $(106,552
   
Year Ended December 31, 2021
 
   
First Quarter
   
Second Quarter
   
Third Quarter
   
Fourth Quarter
 
Daily Mobile Stores - Quarterly Average
   580    588    592    770 
North America
   428    438    466    650 
Europe
   152    150    126    120 
Daily Mobile Stores - Last Month of the Quarter Average
   590    595    603    859 
North America
   438    453    477    732 
Europe
   152    142    126    127 
   
Year Ended December 31, 2020
 
   
First Quarter
   
Second Quarter
   
Third Quarter
   
Fourth Quarter
 
Daily Mobile Stores - Quarterly Average
   409    351    458    633 
North America
   291    274    316    452 
Europe
   118    77    142    181 
Daily Mobile Stores - Last Month of the Quarter Average
   337    393    511    695 
North America
   242    287    361    498 
Europe
   95    106    150    197 
51

Results of Operations
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
Revenue consists of service fees paid to us by our Customers for bringing their products and services to Consumers. These fees are comprised of fixed service fees per visit and variable fees based on the sale of accessories, solutions and subscription services. The composition of these fees and the rate of services paid vary by Customer per the terms of our contracts with them. Our fees are reduced by chargebacks and consigned inventory that is lost, damaged or persons acting onstolen. Chargebacks are based upon Consumer cancellation of services and subscriptions within a
pre-specified
timeframe.
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries, benefits and other expenses related to the Company’s Experts, fleet vehicle costs, and other expenses directly related to the performance of each Expert field visit. These expenses will increase in proportion to the growth of our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.

Overview

Mobile Stores. We are a blank check company incorporatedexpect these expenses to decrease as a Cayman Islands exempted company on October 16, 2020percentage of revenue for the purposenext several years.

Operations and technology
Operations and technology expenses primarily consist of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”). While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any business industry or sector, we intendtechnology, facility and overhead costs directly related to capitalize on the abilityoperation of our Mobile Stores. This includes lease and operating expenses for our warehouses, inventory management and storage, facility supplies, Experts recruiting fees, Experts
on-boarding
training costs, and depreciation expense. We also include costs for employees who directly or indirectly support our Experts, including supervisory and operations management, inventory management, fulfillment, recruiting and research and development costs. We expect operations and technology expenses to increase in future periods to support our growth, including bringing on additional warehouse facilities and continuing to invest in technology improvements to support the selling experience for Consumers, selling tools for our sales professionals and to drive efficiency in our operations. These expenses may vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue, depending primarily upon when we choose to make more significant investments. We expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue over the next several years.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses for our general corporate functions. This includes our leadership team, employees involved in finance, human resources, legal and workplace services, enterprise and financial information technology systems and marketing. We expect to identify, acquireincrease general and accelerateadministrative expenses as we grow our infrastructure to support operating as a businesspublic company and the overall growth in our business. While these expenses may vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue, we expect them to decrease as a percentage of revenue over the next several years.
Loss on convertible loans
Loss on convertible loans consists of the change in the high growth sectorsfair value of TMT. We are an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, we are subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

our convertible loans. Our sponsor is Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP (“Sponsor”), a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership and an affiliate of The Raine Group LLC and Marquee. The registration statement for our Initial Public Offering was declared effective on December 14, 2020. On December 17, 2020, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 37,375,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares includedconvertible loans converted into common stock in the Units being offered, the “Class A Ordinary Shares” or “public shares”), including 4,875,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of approximately $373.8 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $20.4 million, of which approximately $13.1 million was deferred underwriting commissions.

Simultaneouslyconnection with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummatedTransactions.

Interest income
Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and available for sale investments.
52

Table of Contents
Interest expense
Interest expense includes mainly the private placement (“Private Placement”)interest incurred on our outstanding indebtedness, as well as amortization of 6,316,667deferred financing costs, mainly debt origination and commitment fees. In 2021, a loss on extinguishment of debt was also recorded under interest expense.
Other income (expense), net
Other income (expense) during the periods presented consisted primarily of fair value gains and losses related to the issued stock warrants (each,as well as gains and losses from foreign currency transactions. In 2021, other expense included cost related to the issuance of shares to induce a “Private Placement Warrant”shareholder to surrender to Enjoy certain of its rights in connection with the merger with MRAC.
Income tax provision
Our provision for income taxes consists primarily of state minimum taxes in the United States. We have a full valuation allowance for our federal and collectively,state net deferred tax assets primarily consisting of net operating loss carryforwards, accruals, and reserves. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the “Private Placement Warrants”), at a priceforeseeable future.
Comparison of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant with our Sponsor, generating gross proceedsResults of approximately $9.5 million.

Operations

Following the closing

Comparison of the Initial Public Offering onYear Ended December 17,31, 2021 and the Year Ended December 31, 2020 an amount
The following table is a reference for the discussion that follows:
   
Years Ended December 31,
   
Change
 
(dollars in thousands)
  
2021
   
2020
   
$
   
%
 
Revenue
  $80,998   $60,323   $20,675    34.3
Operating expenses:
        
Cost of revenue*
   112,910    71,872   $41,038    57.1
Operations and technology*
   92,017    65,804   $26,213    39.8
General and administrative*
   57,915    34,274   $23,641    69.0
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Total operating expenses
   262,842    171,950   $90,892    52.9
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Loss from operations
   (181,844   (111,627  $(70,217   62.9
Loss on convertible loans
   (27,338   (42,907  $15,569    (36.3)% 
Interest expense
   (8,522   (2,003  $(6,519   325.5
Interest income
   6    276   $(270   (97.8)% 
Other income (expense), net
   (2,993   (1,426  $(1,567   109.9
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Loss before provision for income taxes
   (220,691   (157,687  $(63,004   40.0
Provision for income taxes
   (82   97   $(179   (184.5)% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Net loss
   (220,609  $(157,784  $(62,825   39.8
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
*
The Company reclassified certain costs within each of its operating expense line items in the consolidated statements of operations. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to this presentation. These changes have no impact on the Company’s previously reported consolidated net loss or cash flows for the periods presented
.
See Note 1 in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Information” for further discussion.
Revenue
Revenue increased by $20.7 million, or 34.3%, primarily due to growth in demand in existing markets, expansions to new markets, and the addition of $373.8 million ($10.00 per Unit)a new Customer in the United States. As a result, we increased
53

Table of Contents
our Daily Mobile Store count by 169 to 633 in 2021, up from 464 in 2020. Our revenue growth was offset by product availability delays due to supply chain issues in the net proceedssecond half of the saleyear.
North America revenue increased $21.9 million, or 46.9%, primarily due to an increase in our Daily Mobile Store count of 162 stores to 496 from 334, partially offset by a small decrease in our Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store of $4 to $378 in 2021, down from $382 in 2020. The decrease in Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store was partially due to differences in the fee structure with a North American Customer, which was not in place in the current year and product availability delays due to supply chain issues in the second half of the Unitsyear.
Europe revenue decreased $1.2 million, or (8.7)%, primarily due to a decrease in our Daily Revenue Per Mobile Store of $38 to $251 in 2021, down from $289 in 2020 as a result of product availability delays due to supply chain issues and a switch to a variable fee model in the Initial Public Offering andsecond half of 2021 as compared to a fixed fee model for all of 2020. The variable fee model results in less revenue per visit, but the saleCompany expects that this fee model has more potential to increase revenue per visit above a fixed fee model in the future. Europe revenue growth was offset by product availability delays due to supply chain issues in the second half of the Private Placement Warrants was placedyear.
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue increased $41.0 million or 57.1%, primarily due to an increase in our Daily Mobile Store count by 169 to 633 in 2021, up from 464 in 2020. Increased Daily Mobile Stores were driven by a trust account (the “Trust Account”).

We will have until December 17, 2022higher number of Experts, resulting in higher total salary and benefit costs, along with expenses associated with vehicle leases, fuel, vehicle insurance and other direct expenses required to consummateoperate our Mobile Stores. Furthermore, we built up our field teams in anticipation of increased demand normally incurred in the second half of the year. However, due to product availability delays due to supply chain issues, our gross margins were worse compared to the first half of the year. As a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). However, ifresult, cost of revenue, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 139.4% in 2021, compared to 119.1% in 2020.

North America cost of revenue increased $37.5 million, or 69.5%, primarily due to an increase in our Daily Mobile Store count by 162 to 496 in 2021, up from 334 in 2020. During 2021 we have not completed a Business Combinationexpanded our geographic market coverage within the Combination Period,United States and Canada and initiated services for a new Customer in the United States. Increased Mobile Stores were supported by a higher number of Experts, driving higher total salary and benefit costs. A greater number of Daily Mobile Stores also increased expenses associated with vehicle leases, fuel, vehicle insurance and other direct expenses. Furthermore, we will (i) cease all operations except forbuilt up our field teams in anticipation of increased demand normally incurred in the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100%second half of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equalyear. However, due to product availability delays due to supply chain issues, our gross margins were worse compared to the aggregate amount then on depositfirst half of the year. As a result, cost of revenue, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 133.8% in 2021, compared to 116.0% in 2020.
Europe cost of revenue increased $3.5 million, or 19.6%, primarily due to an increase in our Daily Mobile Store count by 7 to 137 in 2021, up from 130 in 2020. Increased Daily Mobile Stores were driven by an expansion of our market coverage within the United Kingdom. Increased Daily Mobile Stores were supported by a higher number of Experts, driving higher total salary and benefit costs. A greater number of Mobile Stores also increased expenses associated with vehicle leases, fuel, vehicle insurance and other direct expenses. Furthermore, we built up our field teams in anticipation of increased demand normally incurred in the Trust Account, including interest earnedsecond half of the year. However, due to product availability delays due to supply chain issues, our gross margins were worse compared to the first half of the year. As a result, cost of revenue, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 170.2% in 2021, compared to 129.9% in 2020.
Operations and not previously releasedtechnology
Operations and technology expenses increased $26.2 million, or 39.8%, primarily due to usinvestments in our warehouse network to paysupport our taxes, if any (less upmarket expansions and our increased Mobile Store count. The total number of our warehouses increased by 6, or 7.1%, to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by91 in 2021, from 85 in 2020. The increase in the number of then issuedwarehouses we operated during 2021 versus 2020 increased our warehouse lease expenses, salaries and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguishbenefits
54

Table of Contents
associated with market-level Expert supervisory, training and development activities and facility investments. Expenses associated with developing the rightstechnologies that support our Mobile Store operations also increased as we expanded functions and features that support our global operations. These increases were partially offset by productivity improvements in fulfillment operations. Operations and technology expense as a percentage of the public shareholders as shareholders (including the rightrevenue increased to receive further liquidating distributions, if any)113.6% in 2021, from 109.1% in 2020.
North America operations and technology expenses increased $19.7 million, or 46.0%, primarily due to investments to expand our warehouse network to support our market expansions and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining public shareholders and its Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Results of Operations

Our entire activity from inception through December 31, 2020 relates to our formation, the Initial Public Offering and, since the closing of the Initial Public Offering, a search for a Business Combination candidate. We will not be generating any operating revenues until the closing and completionincreased Mobile Store count. The total number of our Business Combinationwarehouses increased by 6, or 9.7%, to 68 in 2021, from 62 in 2020. The increase in the number of warehouses we operated increased our warehouse lease expenses, salaries and benefits associated with market-level Expert supervisory staff, training and development activities and facility investments, partially offset by productivity improvements in fulfillment operations. Operations and technology expense in North America as a percentage of revenue remained relatively flat at 91.3% in 2021 compared to 91.8% in 2020.

Europe operations and technology expenses increased $5.6 million, or 55.0%, primarily due to investments to expand our warehouse network to support our market expansions and our increased Mobile Store count. The total number of our warehouses stayed the earliest.

For the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) through December 31,same at 23 in 2021 and 2020. However, in 2020 we had net lossexpenses related to the 23

rd
warehouse for only part of the year since we did not reach the 23 warehouse count until approximately $128,000, which consisted entirelythe middle of the year, while in 2021 we had 23 warehouses for the full year. The increase in operations and technology expenses is due to an increase in salaries and benefits associated with market-level Expert supervisory and fulfillment staff, and facility investments. Operations and technology expense in Europe as a percentage of revenue increased to 125.4% compared to 73.8% in 2020.
Corporate operations and technology expenses increased $0.9 million, or 7.0%, primarily due to investments in the technology and data infrastructure that support our Mobile Stores.
General and administrative
General and administrative expense increased $23.6 million, or 69.0%, primarily due to increased stock-based compensation expense of $8.0 million related to increased headcount, and increased professional and legal fees of $6.3 million associated with public company readiness and preparation of regulatory filing documents. The following increases were due to scaling the business and market expansion: $3.5 million of payroll and other related expenses, $1.9 million in recruiting expenses, $1.7 million for computer supplies and dues and $1.7 million for insurance. General and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue increased to 71.5% in 2021, from 56.8% in 2020.
North America general and administrative expenses.

Liquidityexpenses increased $3.3 million, or 22.8%. The following increases were due to scaling the business and Capital Resources

Asmarket expansion: $1.5 million in recruiting costs, $1.3 million in consulting and outside services, $0.9 million in computer supplies, and $1.0 million in stock-based compensation expense. These increases were partially offset by a $1.5 million decrease in payroll and other related expenses based on reclassification of such costs to operations and technology, along with other immaterial decreases. General and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue decreased to 25.9% in 2021, from 31.0% in 2020.

Europe general and administrative expenses increased $0.1 million or 2.2%, primarily due to various immaterial increases. General and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue increased to 32.0% in 2021, from 28.6% in 2020.
Corporate general and administrative expenses increased $20.3 million, or 127.5%, primarily due to increased stock-based compensation, payroll and other related costs, and dues and insurance related to scaling the business and market expansion, as well as professional fees and legal fees associated with public company readiness and preparation of regulatory filing documents.
55

Table of Contents
Loss on convertible loans
Loss on convertible loans for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 we had approximately $2.3was $27.3 million and $42.9 million respectively, due to the
mark-to-market
adjustment based on the fair value of the long-term convertible loans, which were entered into during both 2021 and 2020.
Interest expense
Interest expense increased $6.5 million, or 325.5%, primarily due to the recognition of loss on extinguishment of debt amounting to $4.0 million in our operating bank accountconnection with the repayment of the Blue Torch Loan on the Closing Date. The loss on extinguishment of debt comprised of unamortized debt discount of $3.3 million and working capitala make-whole amount of approximately $2.0$0.7 million.

Our liquidity needs

Interest expense is also higher in 2021 compared to date have been satisfied through a contribution of $25,000 from our Sponsor2020 due to cover for certain expenses in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares, a loan of approximately $128,000 from our Sponsor pursuant to a note agreement under which we could borrow up to $300,000 from our Sponsor (the “Note”), and the proceeds from the consummation2020 Convertible Loan in October 2020, issuance of the Private Placement not heldBlue Torch Loan in the Trust Account. We repaid the Note in full upon closingNovember 2020, and issuance of the Initial Public Offering. In addition,2021 Convertible Loan in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our SponsorApril 2021, which were all repaid or an affiliate of our Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, provide us working capital loans. As of December 31, 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under any working capital loan.

Basedconverted into common stock as applicable, on the foregoing, management believes that the Company will have sufficient working capital and borrowing capacity from our SponsorClosing Date.

Interest income
Interest income decreased $0.3 million, or an affiliate of our Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors97.8%, primarily due to meet the Company’s needs through the earlier of the consummation of a Business Combination or one year from this filing. Over this time period, we will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective Business Combination candidates, performing due diligenceless interest on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business to merge with or acquire, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On October 28, 2020, our Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain expenses on behalf of the Company in exchange for issuance of 10,062,500 Founder Shares. On November 10, 2020, our Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 9,343,750 Founder Shares outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share surrender. Our Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to 1,218,750 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriter, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20.0% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. On December 15, 2020, the underwriter fully exercised its over-allotment option; thus, these Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The initial shareholders agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (a) one year after the completion of the Business Combination and (b) upon completion of the Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the Business Combination that results in all of the shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the Private Placement of 6,316,667 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant with our Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of approximately $9.5 million. Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If we do not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so longinvestments as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Our Sponsormatured and the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subjectwere not replaced.

Other expense, net
Other expense increased $1.6 million primarily due to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination.

Related Party Loans

On October 28, 2020, our Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover for expenses$20.0 million cost related to the Initial Public Offering pursuantissuance of shares to the Note. This loan was non-interest bearing and payable upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Through December 17, 2020, we borrowed approximately $128,000 under the Note. We repaid the Note in full upon closing of the Initial Public Offering.

In orderinduce a shareholder to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor, orsurrender to Enjoy certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“working capital loans”). If we complete a Business Combination, we will repay the working capital loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the working capital loans will be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the working capital loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the working capital loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such working capital loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The working capital loans would either be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lenders’ discretion, up to $1.5 million of such working capital loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. As of the date of issuance, we have had no borrowings under the working capital loans.

Administrative Support Agreement

Commencing on the effective date of the prospectus filedits rights in connection with the Initial Public Offering, we agreedmerger with MRAC, offset by the gain on change in fair value of the stock warrants of $17.3 million. There were no significant losses on the disposal of assets and changes in foreign currency in 2021 and 2020.

Provision for income taxes
The provision for income taxes remained relatively flat during 2021 and 2020. Provision for income taxes as a percentage of revenue was (0.1)% in 2021 and 0.2% in 2020.
Non-GAAP
Measures
In addition to reimbursenet loss, which is a measure presented in accordance with GAAP, management believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides relevant and useful information to management and investors to assess our Sponsorperformance. Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of Enjoy’s performance that is neither required by nor presented in accordance with GAAP. This measure is limited in its usefulness and should not be considered a substitute for out-of-pocketGAAP metrics such as loss from operations, net loss, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA represents net loss adjusted for interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and certain expenses and income not considered a core part of our operations.
We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides a meaningful understanding of certain aspects of earnings (loss) before the impact of investing and financing charges and income taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our performance because this measure:
Is widely used by analysts, investors and competitors to measure a company’s operating performance;
Is a financial measurement that is used by rating agencies, lenders, and other parties to evaluate our credit worthiness; and
56

Table of Contents
Is used by our management for various purposes, including as a measure of performance and as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.
The reconciliations of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
   
Years Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)
  
2021
   
2020
 
Net loss
  $(220,609  $(157,784
Add back:
    
Interest expense
   8,522    2,003 
Other income (expense), net
   2,993    1,426 
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes
   (82   97 
Depreciation and amortization
   4,028    3,138 
Stock-based compensation
   10,558    1,749 
Loss on convertible loans
   27,338    42,907 
Transaction-related costs
(1)
   748    188 
Deduct:
    
Interest income
   (6   (276
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $(166,510  $(106,552
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1)
Consists of accounting and consulting fees related to public company readiness that did not qualify for capitalization under GAAP.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
To date, the Company has financed its operations through the completionissuance and sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock, issuance of debt, and issuance of common stock associated with the Business Combination or theTransactions. The Company’s liquidation. Office spaceongoing operations are dependent on its ability to obtain additional financing and administrative support services providedgenerate sufficient cash flow to the Company by our Sponsor will be provided to us free of charge.

In addition, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, including Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC and Raine Securities LLC and other entities affiliated with Marquee and The Raine Group, will be reimbursed for any reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. The audit committee will reviewmeet its obligations on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to a Business Combination will be made using funds held outside the Trust Account.

Commitments and Contingencies

Registration and Shareholder Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans) were entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement signed upon completion of the Initial Public Offering. These holders were entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provide that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until the termination of the applicable lock-up period for the securities to be registered.timely basis. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

We granted the underwriter a 45-day option from the date of the final prospectus relatingneed to the Initial Public Offeringobtain debt or equity financing, to purchase up to 4,875,000provide additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discountsequity capital and commissions. On December 15, 2020, the underwriter fully exercised its over-allotment option.

The underwriter was entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or approximately $7.5 million in the aggregate, paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The underwriter also reimbursed approximately $3.0 million toliquidity. If the Company is unable to cover for expenses in connection with the Initial Public Offering.

In addition, $0.35 per unit, or approximately $13.1 million in the aggregate willgenerate positive operating cash flows, additional debt and equity financings may be payablenecessary to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions. sustain future operations.

The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect onfollowing table presents the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or searchcash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and accounts receivable, net, for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. periods presented:

(in thousands)
  
December 31,
2021
   
December 31,
2020
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $85,836   $58,452 
Restricted cash
   1,710    5,494 
Accounts receivable, net
   9,977    4,544 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this Report have been prepared by management assuming that we will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects of the recoverability and classification of assets, or the amounts and classification of liabilities that mightmay result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Since inception, we have incurred net losses and cash outflows from operations. Management expects that operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities will continue in the foreseeable future as we continue invest in the expansion of our operations.
57

Table of Contents
Management believes there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as our present cashflows from operations will not enable us to meet our obligations over the next 12 months. Maintaining our ongoing operations is dependent on our ability to obtain additional financing and generate sufficient cash flow to meet our obligations on a timely basis. If we are unable to generate positive operating cash flows, additional debt and equity financings may be necessary to sustain future operations, including to meet any longer-term expected future cash requirements and obligations beyond the next 12 months. Such additional debt or equity financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. As the impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic on the economy and our operations evolves, we will continue to assess our liquidity needs. The
COVID-19
pandemic has negatively impacted the global economy and created significant volatility and disruption of financial markets. An extended period of economic disruption could materially affect our business, results of operations, ability to meet debt covenants, access to sources of liquidity and financial condition.
Cash Flows
The following table presents cash provided by (used in) operating, investing, and financing activities during the periods presented:
   
Years Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)
  
2021
   
2020
 
Net cash used in operating activities
  $(174,618  $(95,342
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
   (6,403   14,498 
Net cash provided by financing activities
   204,648    78,427 
Effect of exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
   (27   349 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
  $23,600   $(2,068
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Operating Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2021, operating activities used $174.6 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $220.6 million, partially offset by net
non-cash
charges of $49.0 million and net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $3.1 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2021, consisted primarily of a $5.4 million increase in accounts receivable, a $1.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $1.5 million increase in other assets, offset by increase of $3.2 million accounts payable and $2.0 million accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to timing of collection of invoices during the fourth quarter of 2021. The increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities is due to salaries and wages as a result of increased headcount, accrued taxes and timing of vendor payments. The increase in other assets is primarily associated with deposit payments for leased warehouse facilities and insurance.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, operating activities used $95.3 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $157.8 million, partially offset by net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $12.9 million, and net
non-cash
charges of $49.6 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2020, consisted primarily of a $8.4 million decrease in accounts receivable, net an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $7.6 million, offset by a $2.9 million increase in other assets. The decrease in accounts receivable is primarily due to timing of collection of invoices during the fourth quarter of 2020. The increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities is due to salaries and wages as a result of increased headcount, accrued taxes and timing of vendor payments. The increase in other assets is primarily associated with deposit payments for leased warehouse facilities and insurance.
58

Table of Contents
Investing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2021, investing activities used $6.4 million of cash primarily due to purchases of property and equipment.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, investing activities provided $14.5 million of cash, resulting from maturities of short-term investments of $22.5 million and purchases of property and equipment of $8.0 million.
Financing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2021, financing activities provided $204.6 million of cash, resulting from proceeds from the Transactions, financing from the Backstop Agreements and financing from the PIPE Investors (net of transaction costs) of $160.6 million, issuance of debt obligations of $75.2 million, issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock of $15.0 million, and exercise of stock options of $1.8 million, offset by the repayment of the Blue Torch Loan and the Paycheck Protection Program debt obligation of $48.0 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, financing activities provided $78.4 million of cash, resulting from proceeds from issuance of debt obligations, net of issuance costs of $88.4 million, and exercise of stock options and warrants of $0.3 million, net of payment of debt obligation of $10.3 million.
Financing Arrangements
Historically, the Company completed the following transactions, each of which has provided liquidity and cash resources.
Long Term Debt
Blue Torch Loan
In November 2020, Legacy Enjoy, as borrower, and its subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into the Blue Torch Loan to borrow a first lien term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $37.0 million, net of $1.2 million in lender fees, collateralized by substantially all of the property and assets (tangible and intangible) of Legacy Enjoy and its subsidiaries and maturing in November 2023. The Blue Torch Loan incurred interest at one of two rates, (the “Reference Rate” or the “LIBOR Rate”), determined at the option of Legacy Enjoy, plus an applicable margin. The Reference Rate is calculated as the greatest of (i) 2.0% per annum, (ii) fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding business day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, plus 0.50% per annum, (iii) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.0% per annum, or (iv) the interest rate last quoted by the Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” or, if unavailable, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate. The LIBOR Rate is calculated as the greater of (i) LIBOR rate divided by 100% minus a reserve percentage or (ii) 1.0% per annum. The applicable margin was 9.0% per annum if Legacy Enjoy chose the Reference Rate and was 10% per annum if Legacy Enjoy chose the LIBOR Rate. The Blue Torch Loan had an effective interest rate of 14.9% for the year ended December 31, 2021.
The Blue Torch Loan was prepayable in an amount equal to the outstanding principal and accrued interest plus an applicable premium of (i) if prepaid during the first year after the effective date, a make-whole amount equal to (x) the amount of interest that would otherwise have been payable to the lenders from the payoff date until the twelve month anniversary of the effective date, calculated using the Reference Rate or LIBOR Rate in effect on the payoff date, less (y) the amount of interest the lenders would have received from the payoff date until the twelve month anniversary of the effective date if the lenders had reinvested the prepaid principal amount at the U.S. treasury rate in effect on the payoff date, plus (z) 3.0% of the outstanding principal, (ii) if prepaid during the second year after the effective date, 2.0% of the outstanding principal, (iii) if prepaid during the third year after
59

Table of Contents
the effective date, 1.0% of the outstanding principal, and (iv) thereafter, 0%. In connection with Closing, we repaid the Blue Torch Loan in full and paid a premium of $1.7 million, which consisted of a $717,440 make-whole amount and a $1.0 million exit fee.
Paycheck Protection Program Loan
In April 2020, Legacy Enjoy was granted a loan under the Paycheck Protection Program offered by the Small Business Administration under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), section 7(a)(36) of the Small Business Act (“PPP Loan”) for $10.0 million. The loan was provided by Newtek Small Business Finance, LLC and was evidenced by a promissory note and bore interest at 1% with no payments for the first six months and principal and interest payments thereafter. The loan was scheduled to mature in July 2023 and was subject to partial or full forgiveness if Legacy Enjoy used all proceeds for eligible purposes, maintained certain employment levels, and maintained certain compensation levels in accordance with and subject to the CARES Act and the rules, regulations, and guidance.
Legacy Enjoy used all proceeds from the PPP Loan to maintain payroll and make payments for lease obligations and utilities. As of December 31, 2021, management accounted for the loan as a debt with accrued interest. Interest expense was $75 thousand and $46 thousand, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. In connection with the Closing, the PPP Loan was repaid in full.
Convertible Loans
In October 2020, Legacy Enjoy entered into the 2020 Convertible Loan with certain existing investors and executives as lenders. This agreement was amended in December 2020 to increase the borrowing limit to $70 million. The 2020 Convertible Loan had several conversion options, including automatic conversion upon a qualified financing of at least $75.0 million, an optional conversion upon a
non-qualified
financing, initial public offering and an optional conversion upon maturity. The 2020 Convertible Loan also carried a mandatory repayment feature upon a change of control. The 2020 Convertible Loan accrued interest at 14% and matured in May 2024. Legacy Enjoy elected to measure the 2020 Convertible Loan under the fair value option. Under the fair value option, convertible loans are measured at fair value in each reporting period until it was settled, with changes in the fair values being recognized in Legacy Enjoy’s consolidated statements of operations as income or expense. Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with convertible loans are expensed as incurred. As the 2020 Convertible Loan was carried at fair value in its entirety, further consideration of the embedded features in the 2020 Convertible Loan was not required.
In February 2021, Legacy Enjoy and its lenders agreed to an amendment to the 2020 Convertible Loan to specify the treatment of the 2020 Convertible Loan should Legacy Enjoy merge with a SPAC and subsequently become a publicly traded entity. As the substance of the transaction is a capital contribution from related parties, the resulting gain of $36.8 million was recorded to additional
paid-in
capital during the year ended December 31, 2021. The 2020 Convertible Loan was converted to shares of New Enjoy common stock upon Closing.
In April 2021, Legacy Enjoy entered into the 2021 Convertible Loan with new investors, certain existing investors and executives. The 2021 Convertible Loan was senior in right of payment to the Convertible Loan, but expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Blue Torch Loan. The 2021 Convertible Loan had several conversion options, including an optional conversion upon maturity and automatic conversion upon a SPAC Transaction. If a SPAC Transaction occurred on or prior to the maturity date and prior to payment in full of the principal amount, then the outstanding principal amount of the 2021 Convertible Loan and all accrued and unpaid interest was to automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Enjoy’s common stock immediately prior to the closing of a SPAC Transaction at a price per share equal to 80% of the value assigned to each share of Legacy Enjoy’s common stock. The 2021 Convertible Loan incurred interest at 8% per annum and would have matured in April 2022. Legacy Enjoy borrowed a total of $75.0 million under the 2021 Convertible Loan agreement. The 2021 Convertible Loan was converted to shares of New Enjoy common stock upon Closing.
60

Table of Contents
Material Cash Requirements
Our material cash requirements, include amounts due under our contractual and other obligations, including under operating leases for monthly base rent under our lease agreement for office space for our headquarters in Palo Alto, California which began in September 2019 for a term of 90 months, and for office space throughout the United States, as well as in Canada and the United Kingdom. On an ongoing basis, we also enter into vehicle lease agreements under Fleet Lease Agreements in the United States and the United Kingdom, with each vehicle lease having a typical term of 36 months. Please refer to Note 17—
Commitments and Contingencies
of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for more information on these operating leases and the amounts due thereunder.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these financial statements and related disclosures in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United StatesGAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and incomeas well as the revenue and expenses during the periods reported. Actualreporting periods. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary because future events and their effects on our consolidated financial statements cannot be determined with certainty and are made based on our historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change as new events occur or additional information is obtained, and we may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within our control and may not be known for a prolonged period of time. Because the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could materially differ from those estimates.
While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2—
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
We have identifiedbelieve that the followingaccounting estimates discussed below relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates:
Revenue Recognition;
Stock-based Compensation; and
Fair value of Convertible Loans.
Revenue Recognition
The Company generates revenue through visit fees whereby its Experts provide delivery, set-up, and technological expertise services at the request of its Customers. Its Customers are primarily large telecommunication and technology companies that sell technology products and services and require a Mobile Store experience for their customers, who are referred to herein as our critical accounting policies:

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject“Consumers.” Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised services to Possible Redemption

Class A Ordinary Shares subjectCustomers in an amount that reflects the consideration to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares (including Class A Ordinary Shares that feature redemption rightswhich the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those promised services.

Each Customer contract contains only one performance obligation, which is a stand-ready obligation for the Company’s Experts to provide visits to Consumers throughout the Company’s contractual term. The stand-ready obligation consists of a series of distinct services that are either withinsubstantially the controlsame and have the same pattern of the holder or subjecttransfer, represented as visits provided to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A Ordinary Shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. Our Class A Ordinary Shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, 35,769,871 Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity sectionConsumers satisfied over time.
The transaction prices of the Company’s balance sheet.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) bycontracts are entirely variable, as the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding duringvisits and the period. We have not consideredspecific services provided at each visit are unknown at contract inception. Each contract includes pricing whereby the effect

61

Company and the Customer agree to payments for various elements of a visit, which generally include the base fee for conducting the visit and delivering product, as well as incremental amounts for add-ons provided to Consumers. Due to the nature of the warrants sold inobligation, the Initial Public Offeringvariability of payment based on the number of visits performed, and the Private Placementspecific services and products provided at each visit which are resolved as each visit is completed, the Company recognizes visit fees in revenue as such visits are provided. In addition, the Company is required to purchase an aggregateissue a credit to its Customer for the stipulated value of 15,660,417any consigned inventory that is under the Company’s control that is lost, damaged, or stolen. The Company recognizes the credit as a reduction in revenue when it identifies that the items were lost, damaged, or stolen.
From time to time, the Company’s Experts sell a Consumer incremental services on behalf of the Customer during a visit. Certain of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Sharescontracts contain provisions that allow for a chargeback by the Customer of the Company’s fee for selling the incremental service, if the Consumer cancels such services within a specified period from the visit. Chargebacks are recognized as a reduction of revenue, in the calculationperiod such visit occurs, using an estimate derived from historical information regarding Consumer cancelations of diluted income (loss) per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive underspecific services as well as real-time information provided by the treasury stock method.

Customer. The Company’s statementestimation of operations includes a presentation of income per sharechargebacks for ordinary shareseach performance obligation requires us to make subjective judgments and is subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Class A Ordinary Shares are calculated by dividing the interest income earned on cash, cash equivalents and investments held in the Trust Account, net of amounts available to be withdrawn from the Trust Account to pay the Company’s income taxes, for the period presented, by the weighted average number of Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. Net loss per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Class B Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing the net loss, less income attributable to Class A Ordinary Shares, by the weighted average number of Class B Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Our management does not believe that there are any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our balance sheet.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

uncertainty. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has recorded $8.6 million and $5.4 million, respectively, in chargebacks.

Stock-Based Compensation
We account for stock-based compensation expense related to our stock option awards based on the estimated grant date fair value, which is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions which are subject to uncertainty. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for the current period and in the future. These assumptions and estimates used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model are as follows:
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award.
Expected Term. The expected term of the Company’s stock options has been determined utilizing the “simplified” method for awards that qualify as “plain-vanilla” options.
Expected Volatility. Expected volatility was determined based on similar companies’ stock volatility.
Expected Dividend Yield. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends on common shares and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Fair Value of Convertible Loans
We elected the fair value option for our convertible loans, which means we didmark these investments to fair market value on a recurring basis. We believe the estimate of fair value of the convertible loans requires significant judgment. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the amount of convertible loans recorded using the fair value option was approximately $0 and $86.4 million, respectively.
The Company used the probability-weighted, expected return method (“PWERM”) to fair value the convertible loans. Key assumptions used in PWERM subject to the Company’s judgement were discount rates and discount for lack of marketability. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, and the use of different assumptions to calculate fair value, the estimated fair value of our convertible loans may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the convertible loans existed, and the differences could be material to our consolidated financial statements.
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for a discussion of accounting pronouncements recently adopted and recently issued accounting pronouncements not have any off-balance sheet arrangementsyet adopted and their potential impact to our consolidated financial statements.
62

Table of Contents
Emerging Growth Company
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations.

JOBS Act

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act are allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective dateprovides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not complycomplying with new or revised accounting standards onapplicable to public companies, allowing them to delay the relevant dates on which adoption of suchthose standards is required for non-emerging growthuntil those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable Enjoy has elected to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements astake advantage of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are insome of the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced regulatory and reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subjectof emerging growth companies pursuant to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act if,so long as it qualifies as an “emergingemerging growth company,” we choose including, but not limited to, rely on such exemptions we may not bebeing required to among other things, (i) provide an auditor’scomply with the auditor attestation report on our systemrequirements of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all404(b) of the compensationSarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOBobligations regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation, and performanceexemptions from the requirements of holding

non-binding
advisory votes on executive compensation and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our Initial Public Offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

golden parachute payments.
ITEM
Item 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are exposed to a smaller reporting companyvariety of market and other risks, including the effects of changes in interest rates, inflation and foreign currency, as defined by Rule 12b-2well as risks to the availability of funding sources, hazard events, and specific asset risks.
Interest Rate Risk
Enjoy had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash totaling $87.5 million as of December 31, 2021, which carries a degree of interest rate risk. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not have a material impact on the Exchange Actvalue of Enjoy’s cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, net loss or cash flow.
Inflation Risk
The Company does not believe that inflation has had, or currently has, a material effect on its business.
Foreign Currency Risk
The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk due to operations conducted in Canada and arethe United Kingdom. The Company does not required to provide the information otherwise required under this item.

believe that changes in foreign currency has had, or currently has, a material effect on its business.

63

Table of Contents

6

4

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp.

Enjoy Technology, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp.Enjoy Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations changes in shareholders’ equityand comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, andyears then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020,years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has an accumulated deficit, incurred losses and cash outflows from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statement,statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
New York, New York
March 25, 2021

MARQUEE RAINE ACQUISITION CORP.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Francisco, California
March 25, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
65

ENJOY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2020

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash

  $2,266,049 

Prepaid expenses

   831,645 
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   3,097,694 

Cash held in Trust Account

   373,750,000 
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $376,847,694 
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  

Liabilities

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

  $578,902 

Accrued expenses

   488,824 
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   1,067,726 

Deferred underwriting commissions

   13,081,250 
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   14,148,976 

Commitments and Contingencies

  

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 35,769,871 shares subject to possible redemption at $10.00 per share

   357,698,710 

Shareholders’ Equity

  

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

   —   

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 1,605,129 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 35,769,871 shares subject to possible redemption)

   161 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 9,343,750 shares issued and outstanding

   934 

Additional paid-in capital

   5,126,604 

Accumulated deficit

   (127,691
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   5,000,008 
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $376,847,694 
  

 

 

 

SHEETS

(amounts in thousands, except share amounts)
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
  
2020
 
ASSETS
         
Current assets:         
Cash and cash equivalents  $85,836  $58,452 
Restricted cash   1,710   5,494 
Accounts receivable, net   9,977   4,544 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets   4,159   2,774 
          
Total current assets   101,682   71,264 
          
Property and equipment, net   15,945   14,074 
Intangible assets, net   867   967 
Other assets   6,631   4,905 
          
Total assets  $125,125  $91,210 
          
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
         
Current liabilities:         
Accounts payable  $6,102  $3,222 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   20,110   17,897 
Short-term debt   0     2,105 
          
Total current liabilities   26,212   23,224 
          
Long-term debt, net of discount   0     41,578 
Long-term convertible loan, at fair value (related party carrying value of $20.0 million)   0     86,357 
Derivative warrant liabilities   6,577   806 
          
Total liabilities   32,789   151,965 
          
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 17)   0   0 
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK         
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 51,634,130 shares authorized, 0 and 51,518,255 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; and aggregate liquidation preference of $0 and $362.1 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively   0     353,692 
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT         
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 119,624,679 and 21,416,436 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively   12   1 
Additional
paid-in
capital
   734,142   6,601 
Accumulated other comprehensive income   724   884 
Accumulated deficit   (642,542  (421,933
          
Total stockholders’ deficit   92,336   (414,447
          
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit  $125,125  $91,210 
          
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

MARQUEE RAINE ACQUISITION CORP.

6
6

ENJOY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Period from October 16, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

General and administrative expenses

  $127,691 
  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(127,691
  

 

 

 

Weighted average Class A ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted

   37,375,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per ordinary share, Class A

  $—   
  

 

 

 

Weighted average Class B ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted

   8,429,688 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share, Class B

  $(0.02
  

 

 

 

AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2021
  
2020
 
Revenue  $80,998  $60,323 
Operating expenses:         
Cost of revenue   112,910   71,872 
Operations and technology   92,017   65,804 
General and administrative   57,915   34,274 
          
Total operating expenses   262,842   171,950 
          
Loss from operations   (181,844  (111,627
Loss on convertible loans   (27,338  (42,907
Interest expense   (8,522  (2,003
Interest income   6   276 
Other expense, net   (2,993  (1,426
          
Loss before provision for income taxes   (220,691  (157,687
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes   (82  97 
          
Net loss  $(220,609 $(157,784
          
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax         
Cumulative translation adjustment   (160  695 
          
Total comprehensive loss  $(220,769 $(157,089
          
Net loss per share, basic and diluted  $(4.65 $(7.40
          
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted   47,449,095   21,311,844 
          
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

MARQUEE RAINE ACQUISITION CORP.

6
7

ENJOY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Period from October 16, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

   Ordinary Shares   Additional     Total 
   Class A  Class B   Paid-in  Accumulated  Shareholders’ 
   Shares  Amount  Shares   Amount   Capital  Deficit  Equity 

Balance - October 16, 2020 (inception)

   —    $—     —     $—     $—    $—    $—   

Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

   —     —     9,343,750    934    24,066   —     25,000 

Sale of units in initial public offering, gross

   37,375,000   3,738   —      —      373,746,262   —     373,750,000 

Offering costs, net of reimbursement from underwriters

   —     —     —      —      (20,423,591  —     (20,423,591

Sale of private placement warrants to Sponsor in private placement

   —     —     —      —      9,475,000   —     9,475,000 

Shares subject to possible redemption

   (35,769,871  (3,577  —      —      (357,695,133  —     (357,698,710

Net loss

   —     —     —      —      —     (127,691  (127,691
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2020

   1,605,129  $161   9,343,750   $934   $5,126,604  $ (127,691 $5,000,008 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(amounts in thousands, except share amounts)
  
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  
Common Stock
  
Additional
Paid-In

Capital
  
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
  
Accumulated

Deficit
  
Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
  
Shares
(1)
  
Amount
  
Shares
(1)
  
Amount
 
Balances at December 31, 2019
  51,518,255  $353,692   21,140,014  $1  $3,162  $189  $(264,149 $(260,797
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options  —     —     276,422   —     333   —     —     333 
Issuance of warrants  —     —     —     —     1,357   —     —     1,357 
Stock-based compensation  —     —     —     —     1,749   —     —     1,749 
Foreign currency translation adjustments  —     —     —     —     —     695   —     695 
Net loss  —     —     —     —     —     —     (157,784  (157,784
                                
Balances at December 31, 2020
  51,518,255   353,692   21,416,436   1   6,601   884   (421,933  (414,447
Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs)  1,362,099   15,000   —     —     —     —     —     —   
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the reverse recapitalization (Note 3)  (52,880,354  (368,692  52,880,354   5   368,687   —     —     368,692 
Conversion of convertible notes into common stock upon the reverse recapitalization (Note 3)  —     —     15,163,809   2   152,111   —     —     152,113 
Conversion of warrants into common stock upon the reverse capitalization (Note 3)  —     —     162,977   —     —     —     —     —   
Reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability upon the reverse recapitalization (Note 3)  —     —     —     —     450   —     —     450 
Recapitalization, backstop financing and PIPE financing, net of issuance costs (Note 3)  —     —     28,793,750   4   137,154   —     —     137,158 
Stockholder contribution of stock for inducement in connection with the reverse recapitalization (Note 3)  —     —     (689,113  —     —     —     —     —   
Stock issuance for inducement in connection with the reverse recapitalization (Note 3)  —     —     689,113   —     20,000   —     —     20,000 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options  —     —     1,207,353   —     1,799   —     —     1,799 
Gain on extinguishment of convertible loan  —     —     —     —     36,782   —     —     36,782 
Stock-based compensation  —     —     —     —     10,558   —     —     10,558 
Foreign currency translation adjustments  —     —     —     —     —     (160  —     (160
Net loss  —     —     —     —     —     —     (220,609  (220,609
                                
Balances at December 31, 2021
  0    $0     119,624,679  $12  $734,142  $724  $(642,542 $92,336 
                                
(1)The shares of the Company’s common and redeemable convertible preferred stock, prior to the Merger (as defined in Note 1) have been retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio of approximately 0.34456 established in the Merger as described in Note 3.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

MARQUEE RAINE ACQUISITION CORP.

6
8

ENJOY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period from October 16, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net loss

  $(127,691

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

  

General and administrative expenses paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares

   25,000 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid expenses

   (831,645

Accounts payable

   578,902 

Accrued expenses

   53,590 
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (301,844
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

  

Cash deposited in Trust Account

   (373,750,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (373,750,000
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

  

Proceeds received from note payable to related party

   127,850 

Repayment of note payable to related party

   (127,850

Proceeds received from initial public offering, gross

   373,750,000 

Proceeds received from private placement

   9,475,000 

Reimbursement from underwriters

   2,990,000 

Offering costs paid

   (9,897,107
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   376,317,893 
  

 

 

 

Net change in cash

   2,266,049 

Cash - beginning of the period

   —   
  

 

 

 

Cash - end of the period

  $2,266,049 
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities:

  

Offering costs included in accrued expenses

  $435,234 

Deferred underwriting commissions

  $13,081,250 

Initial value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

  $357,176,340 

Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

  $522,370 

(amounts in thousands)
         
   
Years ended December 31,
 
   
    2021    
  
    2020    
 
Cash flows from operating activities:         
Net loss  $(220,609 $(157,784
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operations:         
Depreciation and amortization   4,028   3,138 
Loss on asset disposal   201   320 
Stock-based compensation   10,558   1,749 
Accretion of debt discount   1,025   293 
Loss on extinguishment of debt related to derecognition of unamortized debt discount   3,293   —   
Inducement expense in connection with the reverse recapitalization   20,000   —   
Revaluation of warrants   (17,269  469 
Foreign currency transaction (gain) loss   (134  687 
Revaluation of convertible debt   27,338   42,907 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:         
Accounts receivable   (5,440  8,417 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets   (1,382  (115
Other assets   (1,524  (2,850
Accounts payable   3,249   (136
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   2,048   7,563 
          
Net cash used in operating activities   (174,618  (95,342
          
Cash flows from investing activities:         
Purchases of property and equipment   (6,403  (8,012
Maturities of short-term investments   —     22,510 
          
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities   (6,403  14,498 
          
Cash flows from financing activities:         
Proceeds from convertible loan   75,200   43,451 
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock   15,000   —   
Proceeds from reverse recapitalization, backstop financing and PIPE financing   171,062   —   
Proceeds from exercises of stock options   1,799   333 
Repayment of Blue Torch and PPP loans   (48,000  —   
Payment of transaction costs related to the Transactions   (10,413  —   
Payment of deferred financing costs   —     (884
Proceeds from issuance of Blue Torch loan and warrants   —     35,790 
Proceeds from PPP loan   —     10,000 
Payment of TriplePoint loan   —     (10,263
          
Net cash provided by financing activities   204,648   78,427 
          
Effect of exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (27  349 
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   23,600   (2,068
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year   63,946   66,014 
          
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year  $87,546  $63,946 
          
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
         
Cash paid during the year for interest  $4,155  $2,003 
Cash paid during the year for income taxes  $18  $97 
Supplemental disclosure of
non-cash
financing activity:
         
Conversion of redeemable preferred stock to common stock  $368,692  $—   
Issuance of common stock related to convertible debt  $152,113  $—   
Reclassification of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to equity  $450  $—   
Deferred success fee  $—    $1,000 
Property and equipment, net included in accounts payable  $118  $—   
Non-cash
interest
  $4,367  $565 
Gain on extinguishment of convertible loan  $36,782  $—   
Derivative warrant liabilities recognized upon the closing of the Transactions  $23,491  $—   
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

MARQUEE RAINE ACQUSITION CORP.

6
9

ENJOY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts or as otherwise indicated)
1.
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Enjoy Technology, Inc. (“Enjoy” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in May 2014, and is headquartered in Palo Alto, California. Enjoy operates mobile stores providing in home delivery, set up and a full shopping experience for technology and telecom companies in the United States of America, United Kingdom, and Canada. References herein to Enjoy or the Company mean Enjoy Technology, Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Reorganization
—In January 2021, Enjoy Technology, Inc. filed documents with the Delaware Secretary of State to effect a holding company reorganization (the “Reorganization”), which resulted in a newly formed Delaware corporation, Enjoy Technology Holding Company (“Enjoy Holdings”), owning all the capital stock of Enjoy Technology, Inc. Enjoy Holdings was initially a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Enjoy Technology, Inc. Pursuant to the Reorganization, the newly formed entity (“Merger Sub”), a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Enjoy Holdings and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Enjoy Technology, Inc., merged with and into Enjoy Technology, Inc., with Enjoy Technology, Inc., surviving as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Enjoy Holdings. Each share of each class of Enjoy Technology, Inc., stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Reorganization was automatically converted into an equivalent corresponding share of Enjoy Holdings stock, having the same designations, rights, powers and preferences and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions as the corresponding share of Enjoy Technology, Inc., stock being converted. Accordingly, upon consummation of the Reorganization, Enjoy Technology, Inc.’s current stockholders became stockholders of Enjoy Holdings. The stockholders of Enjoy Technology, Inc., did not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the conversion of their shares in the Enjoy Holdings. Finally, Enjoy Technology Inc. changed its name to Enjoy Technology LLC while Enjoy Holdings changed its name to Enjoy Technology Inc.
Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on October 16, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (the “Business Combination”). The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such,Merger
—On April 28, 2021, the Company is subject to allentered into an Agreement and Plan of the risks associatedMerger (the “Merger Agreement”) with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its Business Combination, at the earliest. In the future, the Company may generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash, cash equivalents or qualifying investments from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s sponsor is Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP (the “Sponsor”)Corp. (“MRAC”, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership and an affiliate of The Raine Group LLC (together with its affiliates, “The Raine Group”) and Marquee Sports Holdings SPAC I, LLC (“Marquee”). The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on December 14, 2020. On December 17, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 37,375,000 Units, including 4,875,000 additional Unitsprior to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of approximately $373.8 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $20.4 million, of which approximately $13.1 million was deferred underwriting commissions (Note 5).

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 6,316,667 warrants (each, a “Private Placement Warrant”merger and collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”)“New Enjoy”, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of approximately $9.5 million (Note 4).

Uponfollowing the closing of the Initial Public Offeringmerger), a publicly traded Special Purpose Acquisition Company. On October 15, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), the Company and MRAC consummated the Private Placement, approximately $373.8 million ($10.00 per Unit)merger transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Merger”), following approval at a special meeting of the net proceedsstockholders of MRAC held on October 13, 2021.

See Note 3, “Reverse Recapitalization” for further details of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement were placed in a non-interest bearing trust account (“Trust Account”) located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. The net proceeds are not yet invested. If, in the future, the proceeds are held in an interest-bearing account, then the net proceeds may be invested only in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “Investment Company Act”) having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward completing a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions) at the time of the signing of the agreement to enter into the Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act).

Merger.

The Company will provide the holders of the public shares with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their public shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially anticipated to be $10.00 per Public Share). The per-share amount to be distributed to public shareholders who redeem their public shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriter (as discussed in Note 5). These public shares will be classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, the Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such completion of a Business Combination and a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a shareholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which the Company adopted upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering (the “Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, shareholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the initial shareholders (as defined below) agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined below in Note 4) and any public shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination. Subsequent to the completion of the Initial Public Offering, the Company will adopt an insider trading policy which will require insiders to: (i) refrain from purchasing shares during certain blackout periods and when they are in possession of any material non-public information and (ii) to clear all trades with the Company’s legal counsel prior to execution. In addition, the initial shareholders agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and public shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the Initial Public Offering, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Company’s Sponsor, officers and directors (the “initial shareholders”) agreed not to propose an amendment to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) that would modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or December 17, 2022, (the “Combination Period”) or (b) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre- Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account, if such funds are held in an interest-bearing account, and not previously released to the Company to pay its income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the board of directors (the “Board”), liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case, to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Sponsor agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor or members of the Company’s management team acquire public shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriter agreed to waive its rights to its deferred underwriting commissions (see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the public shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash of approximately $2.3 million outside of the Trust Account and working capital of approximately $2.0 million. The Company will use these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective Business Combination candidates, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business to merge with or acquire, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanyingconsolidated financial statements are presentedhave been prepared in U.S. dollars in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for financial information and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Enjoy Technology, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. For periods prior to the Merger, the reported share and per share amounts have been retroactively converted by the applicable exchange ratio with the exception of authorized shares and shares reserved for issuance. See Note 3, “Reverse Recapitalization” for further details of the Merger.

Reclassifications
The Company is an “emerging growth company,”reclassified certain costs within each of its operating expense line items in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to this presentation. These changes have no impact on the Company’s previously reported consolidated net loss and comprehensive loss, cash flows, or basic and diluted net loss per share amounts for the periods presented.
Going Concern
—The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as defined in Section 2(a)a going concern and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects of the Securities Act, as modified by
70


Table of Contents
recoverability and classification of assets, or the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Actamounts and classification of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and itliabilities that may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptionsresult from the requirementsoutcome of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensationthis uncertainty.
Since inception, the Company has incurred losses and shareholder approvalcash outflows from operations. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company incurred net losses of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1)$220.6 million and $157.8 million, respectively and cash outflows from operations of $174.6 million and $95.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have notCompany had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a classaccumulated deficits of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition periodapproximately $642.5 million and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable.$421.9 million, respectively. The Company has elected not to opt outhistorically financed its operations through the issuance and sale of such extended transition period which meansredeemable convertible preferred stock and through issuance of debt. Management expects that when a standard is issued or revisedoperating losses and it has different application dates

for public or private companies,negative cash flows from operating activities will continue in the foreseeable future as the Company as an emerging growth company, can adoptcontinues to invest in the newexpansion of its operations.

The Company’s ongoing operations are dependent on its ability to obtain additional financing and generate sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations on a timely basis. The Company’s business will require significant amounts of capital to sustain operations and the Company will need to make the investments it needs to execute its long-term business plans. The Company will need to obtain debt or revised standardequity financing, especially if the Company experiences downturns in its business that are more severe or longer than expected. Such additional debt or equity financing may not be available to the Company on favorable terms, if at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison ofall.
Management believes there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as the Company’s present cash flows from operations will not enable it to meet its obligations for the twelve months from the date these consolidated financial statements with another public company whichare available to be issued. Management is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted outactively seeking new sources of usingfinancing at favorable terms and conditions that will enable the extended transition period difficult or impossible because ofCompany to meet its obligations for the potential differencestwelve months from the date these consolidated financial statements are available to be issued. There is no assurance that management will be successful in accounting standards used.

raising additional funds.

2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Use of Estimates

The preparation of theconsolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make certain estimates, judgements and assumptions in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The Company’s accounting policies that involve judgement by management include the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of convertible loans, warrants, reserves relating to expected chargeback losses, fair value of common stock used to calculate stock-based compensation, the assessment of the useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets and valuation allowance associated with income taxes. These estimates and assumptions that affectare based on management’s best knowledge of current events, historical experience and other information available when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date theconsolidated financial statements are prepared. Although these estimates are based upon management’s best knowledge of current events and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, theactions, actual results could differ significantly from thosethese estimates.

Concentrations

Risks and Uncertainties
—The Company is subject to a number of Credit Risk

risks including, but not limited to, the need for successful development of products, the need for additional capital (or financing) to fund operating losses, competition from substitute products and services from larger companies, protection of proprietary technology, patent litigation, dependence on key individuals, and risks associated with changes in information technology.

Impact of LIBOR
Phase-Out
—The United Kingdom’s Financial instrumentsConduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced in July 2017 that potentially subjectit intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. Based on the nature of the business activities and operations, the Company does not expect LIBOR
phase-out
to concentrationshave a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
71


Table of credit risk consistContents
Impact of cash
COVID-19
—A new strain of coronavirus that causes the disease known as
COVID-19
was identified in late 2019 and Trust accounts spread globally. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the
COVID-19
outbreak a pandemic. Our business was materially impacted by
COVID-19
in several ways. Typically, our Consumer interactions occur within their home. Social distancing protocols changed the way we interact with the Consumer and our
in-home
visits fell to zero in the early stages of the pandemic. Depending on the geography during certain periods we had no
in-home
visits and these
in-home
visits remained significantly below
pre-COVID
levels throughout 2020. To protect our employees and Consumers we implemented a financial institution, which, at times, may exceedvariety of programs to provide masks, cleaning supplies and other protocols that remain in place. In addition, the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation coverage limitCompany could see some limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on operations, including but not limited to sickness of $250,000. Atemployees or their families, desire for employees to avoid contact with groups of people, and increased reliance on working from home.
The Company has applied for loans under programs offered by the governmental agencies in the United States and in the United Kingdom. In addition, the Company furloughed employees in the U.K. beginning in April through August 2020 and again starting January 2021 through August 2021. See Note 8 for additional information on the Paycheck Protection Program offered by the Small Business Administration under the CARES Act established by the United States federal government.
For the U.K. operations, during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company has not experienced lossesrecorded reimbursed costs of approximately £0.3 million ($0.4 million) and £0.8 million ($1.1 million), respectively, under the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (“CJRS”) set up by the U.K. government to help employers pay the wages of those employees who would otherwise have been laid off during the coronavirus outbreak but under the CJRS were furloughed instead. This program reimbursed the Company for 80% of the compensation expense plus national insurance and certain benefits paid to the furloughed employees, resulting in lower salary expense for the Company. The Company recorded the reimbursed amounts as reductions to the associated expenses.
The Company expects to receive
tax-related
liquidity benefits from the CARES Act. The Company is closely monitoring the impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic on these accountsits business. However, the Company cannot predict whether and to what extent the benefit would be.
The Company cannot at this time predict the specific extent, duration, or full impact that the
COVID-19
outbreak will have on its financial condition and operations. The full impact of the
COVID-19
outbreak on management believesestimates and the financial performance of the Company may depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related governmental advisories and restrictions.
Foreign Currency
—The reporting currency of the Company is not exposedthe U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated to significant risksU.S. dollars at the exchange rate on such accounts.

the balance sheet date. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are included in other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. Gains or losses, whether realized or unrealized, due to transactions in foreign currencies, are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under other expense, net.

Segment Information
—The Company applies Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280,
Segment Reporting
, in determining reportable segments for its financial statement disclosures. Operating segments
7
2

are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer. The Company has 2 operating and reportable segments: North America and Europe. Segment information is presented in the same manner that the CODM reviews the operating results in assessing performance and allocating resources.
Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investmentsCompany’s cash equivalents consist of highly liquid securities with an original maturitymaturities of three months or less when purchased to beat the time of purchase.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, cash equivalents. consists primarily of checking and savings deposits.
Restricted Cash
The Company had noclassifies all cash whose use is limited by contractual provisions as restricted cash. The Company’s restricted cash relates to balances held for collateral for its leased office space, leased vehicle fleet, and workers compensation insurance.
The reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash is as follows (in thousands):
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:          
Cash and cash equivalents  $85,836   $58,452 
Restricted cash   1,710    5,494 
           
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash  $87,546   $63,946 
           
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
—Accounts receivable are stated at net realizable value. Accounts receivable consist primarily of receivables due from the customers arising in the normal course of business. On a periodic basis, management evaluates its accounts receivable and determines whether to provide an allowance for doubtful accounts or if any accounts should be written off based on judgmental factors such as the customer’s payment history, historical loss patterns, the general economic climate, age of the receivable, and past due status of invoices. Accounts receivable are written off after collection efforts have been exhausted. The allowance is recognized as bad debt expense, which is classified in general and administrative expense within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company generally does not require any security or collateral to support its receivables as its customer base is comprised of large telecommunication and technology companies. Based on the credit quality of the Company’s customers, the short-term duration of payment terms of its customer contracts, and its customers’ history of payment, the Company did 0t have an allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Property and Equipment, Net
—Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the period realized. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:
Property and Equipment
Useful Life
Office equipment3 years
Computer equipment3 years
Vehicles3 years
Vehicle equipment4 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of estimated life of the asset or remaining lease term
Furniture and fixtures5 years
7
3

Intangible Assets, Net
—The Company’s intangible assets are made up of a domain name with a useful life of 15 years. Amortization expense is recognized on straight-line basis in general and administrative expense within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Debt Issuance Costs
—Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the Company’s debt have been recorded as a direct reduction against the debt and amortized over the life of the associated debt as a component of interest expense using the effective interest method. As a result of applying the fair value option (“FVO”), direct costs and fees related to the convertible notes were expensed as incurred and were not deferred.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
—The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment in accordance with the ASC 360,
Property, Plant and Equipment
. Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is measured as the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its estimated fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. NaN impairment charges have been recorded during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Classification of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
—The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of incorporation does not provide that its redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be redeemable at the option of the holder. However, there are potential redemption triggers that are outside the control of the Company. Accordingly, the Company has presented all shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock outside of permanent equity, or in the mezzanine section of its consolidated balance sheets. The redeemable convertible preferred stock was converted into our common stock upon consummation of the Merger.
Revenue Recognition
—The Company generates revenue through visit fees whereby its Experts provide delivery,
set-up,
and technological expertise services at the request of its customers. Its customers are primarily large telecommunication and technology companies that sell technology products and services and require a mobile store experience for their customers, who are referred to herein as “Consumers.” Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those promised services. The Company accounts for revenue contracts with customers by applying the requirements of ASC 606,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers,
which includes the following five steps:
Identification of the contract with a customer;
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
Determination of the transaction price;
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.
Each customer contract contains only one performance obligation, which is a stand-ready obligation for the Company’s Experts to provide visits to Consumers throughout the Company’s contractual term. The stand-ready obligation consists of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer, represented as visits provided to Consumers satisfied over time. Customer payments are due when control of services is transferred to the customer and are not conditional on anything other than payment terms, which typically are less than 60 days. No material contract asset or liabilities exist for any period reported within these consolidated financial statements.
The transaction prices of the Company’s contracts are entirely variable, as the number of visits and the specific services provided at each visit are unknown at contract inception. Each contract includes pricing
7
4

whereby the Company and the customer agree to payments for various elements of a visit, which generally include the base fee for conducting the visit and delivering product, as well as incremental amounts for
add-ons
provided to Consumers. Due to the nature of the obligation, the variability of payment based on the number of visits performed, and the specific services and products provided at each visit which are resolved as each visit is completed, the Company recognizes visit fees in revenue as such visits are provided. In addition, the Company is required to issue a credit to its customer for the stipulated value of any consigned inventory that is under the Company’s control that is lost, damaged, or stolen. The Company recognizes the credit as a reduction in revenue when it identifies that the items were lost, damaged, or stolen.
From time to time, the Company’s Experts sell a Consumer incremental services on behalf of the customer during a visit. Certain of the Company’s contracts contain provisions that allow for a chargeback by the customer of the Company’s fee for selling the incremental service if the Consumer cancels such services within a specified period from the visit. Chargebacks are recognized as a reduction of revenue, in the period such visit occurs, using an estimate derived from historical information regarding Consumer cancelations of specific services as well as real-time information provided by the customer. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, cash heldthe Company has recorded $8.6 million and $5.4 million, respectively, in chargeback estimates related to such services, which are presented as a reduction of revenue in the operating bank account was approximately $2.3 millionconsolidated statements of operations and Cash heldcomprehensive loss and as a reduction to accounts receivable, net, in the Trust Accountconsolidated balance sheets, as the contractual right of offset exists.
Changes in the chargeback accounts were as follows (in thousands):
   
Chargebacks
 
Balance as of January 1, 2020  $2,178 
Provision   8,981 
Credits/payments made   (5,763
     
Balance as of December 31, 2020   5,396 
Provision   16,841 
Credits/payments made   (13,646
     
Balance as of December 31, 2021  $8,591 
     
The Company applies the practical expedient to not disclose information about its remaining performance obligations in contracts with original expected durations of one year or less or amounts attributable to the variable consideration that solely relate to future services.
Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers that are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.
The Company disaggregates its revenue from contracts with customers by reportable segment, as it believes this best depicts how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of its revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors, as well as company expansion into international markets. The Company’s revenue is attributable to its operations in North America and Europe. Refer to Note 15 for revenue disaggregated by reportable segment.
Cost of Revenue
—Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries, benefits and other expenses related to the Company’s Experts, fleet vehicle costs, and other expenses directly related to the performance of each Expert’s field visit.
Operations and Technology
—Operations and technology expenses primarily consist of technology, facility and overhead costs directly related to the operation of our mobile stores. This includes lease and operating expenses for our warehouses, inventory management and storage, facility supplies and depreciation expense. We also include cost for employees who directly or indirectly support our Experts, including supervisory and operations management, inventory management, fulfillment, recruiting and research and development costs, which were $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
7
5

General and Administrative
—General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses for our general corporate functions. This includes our leadership team, employees involved in finance, human resources, legal, information technology, marketing, and other enterprise-wide support functions.
Stock Based Compensation
—The Company accounts for stock options granted to employees under the fair value recognition provision of ASC 718,
Compensation—Stock Compensation
. The value of the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The Company classifies
non-cash
share-based compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the same manner in which the award recipient’s payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipient’s service payments are classified. The fair value of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the underlying shares at the date of grant. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expected volatility is determined based on similar companies’ stock volatility. The expected term of the Company’s stock options has been determined utilizing the “simplified” method for awards that qualify as “plain-vanilla” options. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends on common shares and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted during the year is as follows:
   
Years Ended

December 31,
 
   
2021
  
2020
 
Risk-free interest rate   0.86  1.18
Expected term (in years)   5.95   6.01 
Expected volatility   59.5  48.4
Expected dividend yield   0    —  
Fair value of common stock  $9.02  $2.59 
Leases
—The Company assesses its lease arrangements at contract inception to determine if they are operating or capital leases. The Company leases its facilities (offices and warehouses) and vehicles under operating lease agreements. Lease arrangements under operating lease agreements and the related lease payments are not recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. The terms of certain agreements provide for increasing rental payments; however, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Any lease incentives are recognized as reductions of rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term begins on the date of the initial occupancy or possession of the leased property for purposes of recognizing rent expense.
Income Taxes
—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, the Company recognizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred taxes are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the net amount that the Company believes is
more-likely-than-not
to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company has considered all available positive and negative evidence including its historical levels of income, expectations of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences
7
6

and ongoing tax planning strategies. If in the future, the Company determines that it would be able to realize the deferred tax assets, the Company may reduce its valuation allowance, which may result in income tax benefits to be recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a
two-step
process whereby: (i) the Company determines whether it is
more-likely-than-not
that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position; and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the
more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon the ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.
Regarding the Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”) rules enacted as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, the Company is required to make an accounting policy election to either treat taxes due on future GILTI inclusions in U.S. taxable income as a current period expense when incurred or reflect such portion of the future GILTI inclusions in U.S. taxable income that relate to existing basis differences in the Company’s current measurement of deferred taxes. The Company has made a policy election to treat GILTI taxes as a current period expense.
Net Loss Per Share
—The Company calculated basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in conformity with the
two-class
method required for companies with participating securities. The Company considered the redeemable convertible preferred stock to be a participating security as the holders are entitled to participate with holders of the common stock on and if converted and pari passu basis if and when a common stock distribution is declared by the board of directors.
Under the
two-class
method, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was approximately $373.8 million.

Financial Instruments

calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The net loss attributable to common stockholders was not allocated to the redeemable convertible preferred stock as the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock did not have a contractual obligation to share in losses. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, stock options and warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock were considered common shares equivalents but had been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect was anti-dilutive. In periods in which the Company reports a net loss attributable to all classes of common stockholders, diluted net loss per share attributable to all classes of common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to all classes of common stockholders, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Fair Value Measurements
—Fair value accounting is applied for all assets and liabilities and nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for sale of an asset or an exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for transfer of athe asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants aton the measurement date. U.S. GAAPThe Company follows the established framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The authoritative guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy whichthat prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used in measuringto measure fair value.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the

7
7

lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 defined as observable inputs such as
—Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical instruments in active markets;

assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 defined as inputs other than
—Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active marketsassets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar instrumentsassets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and

active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities.

Level 3 defined as unobservable
—Unobservable inputs in whichare used when little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measureis available. The fair value might be categorized within different levels ofhierarchy gives the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entiretylowest priority to level 3 inputs.

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest levellowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

measurement in its entirety.

The Company’s consolidated financial instruments consist of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and are stated at their carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short time to the expected receipt or payment date. The consolidated financial statements also include fair value level 1, 2 and 3 measurements of cash and cash equivalents, investments, debt and warrant liabilities.

Derivative Warrant Liabilities
—The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its exposures to cash flow, market, or foreign currency risks. Management evaluates all of the Company’s financial instruments, including issued warrants to purchase MRAC’s Class A ordinary shares, to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuant to ASC 480 and ASC
815-15.
The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is
re-assessed
at the end of each reporting period.
The Company assumed 9,343,750 public warrants and 6,316,667 private placement warrants issued to MRAC’s sponsor upon the Merger, all of which were issued in connection with MRAC’s initial public offering. Subsequent to the Merger and as of December 31, 2021, all of these warrants remained outstanding.
All of the Company’s outstanding warrants are recognized as derivative liabilities in accordance with
ASC 815-40.
Accordingly, the Company recognizes the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value and adjusts the instruments to fair value at each reporting period. The liabilities are subject to
re-measurement
at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized as other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The fair value of public warrants is measured based on the listed market price of such warrants. The fair value of the private placement warrants is estimated based on the listed market price of the public warrants.
Related Parties
—Certain
members of the Company’s Board of Directors serve as directors, executive officers, or are investors in, companies that are customers or vendors of the Company. With the exception of the Backstop Agreements and the LCH Transaction as defined and discussed in Note 3, and the 2020 Convertible Loan and 2021 Convertible Loan as defined and discussed in Note 8, related party transactions
were 0t material as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the years then ended.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
—Financial instruments that are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents balances are generally held with large highly visible financial institutions worldwide. Deposits held with these financial institutions generally are in excess of the amount of insured limits provided on such deposits, if any.
The Company generally does not require collateral to secure accounts receivable. The risk with respect to accounts receivable is mitigated by credit evaluations the Company performs on its customers and by the short duration of its payment terms for the majority of the Company’s customer contracts. Additionally, the
7
8

Table of Contents
Company factors a substantial portion of its accounts receivable for certain customers, such that the Company sells these receivables balances to a third-party banking institution at a discount without further recourse to the Company, thereby reducing the risk related to these receivables even further. These receivable balances which are transferred to a third party are accounted for under ASC 860,
Transfers and Servicing (“ASC 860”)
. As they meet the criteria of sales accounting as per ASC 860, they are excluded from the amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheet. The cash proceeds received from such sales are included in operating cash flows. The expenses associated with the factoring of receivables are reported within other expense in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had three customers with gross accounts receivable balances greater than 10% of the Company’s total balance, representing 47%, 29% and 16%, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the carrying values of cash,Company had two customers with gross accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values primarily due to the short-term naturereceivable balances greater than 10% of the instruments.

Offering Costs Associated with the Initial Public Offering

OfferingCompany’s total balance, representing 57% and 27%, respectively.

Transaction costs
—Transaction costs consist of direct legal, accounting underwriting fees and other fees relating to the consummation of the Merger. These costs were initially capitalized as incurred throughin other assets on the consolidated balance sheet date that are directlysheets. Upon the closing of the Merger, transaction costs direct and incremental to the Merger and costs related to the Initial Public Offeringissuance of shares were recorded as a reduction to additional
paid-in
capital.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2018-15,
Intangibles—Goodwill and that were charged to shareholders equity upon
Other—Internal-Use
Software (Subtopic
350-40):
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract
. The new guidance provides for the completiondeferral of implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements and expensing those costs over the term of the Initial Public Offering.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subjectcloud services arrangement. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company adopted ASU

2018-15
on January 1, 2021, which did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2016-02,
Leases (Topic 842)
, as amended, which supersedes the guidance in former ASC 840,
Leases
. The new standard requires lessees to Possible Redemption

Class A Ordinary Shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classifiedapply a dual approach, classifying leases as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares (including Class A Ordinary Shares that feature redemption rights that are either withinfinance or operating leases based on the controlprinciple of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the holderlease. A lessee is also required to record a

right-of-use
asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or subjectless will be accounted for similar to redemption uponexisting guidance for operating leases today. In June 2020, the occurrenceFASB issued ASU
2020-05,
which defers the effective date of uncertain eventsASU
2016-02
for the Company to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The new guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2022. The Company elected the optional transition approach to not solely withinapply Topic 842 in the Company’s control) are classifiedcomparative periods presented.
As such, the Company has elected the following:
the package of practical expedients which allows for not reassessing (1) whether existing contracts contain leases, (2) the lease classification for existing leases, and (3) whether existing initial direct costs meet the new definition;
the practical expedient to not separate
non-lease
components from lease components and instead account for each separate lease component and
non-lease
components associated with that lease component as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A Ordinary Shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Class A Ordinary Shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outsidea single lease component by class of the Company’s controlunderlying asset; and subject
7
9

Table of Contents
the practical expedient not to occurrencerecognize
right-of-use
assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases, which have a lease term of uncertain future events. Accordingly, 35,769,871 Class A Ordinary Shares subjecttwelve months or less and do not include an option to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside ofpurchase the shareholders’ equity section ofunderlying asset that the Company’s balance sheet.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per shareCompany is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. reasonably certain to exercise.

The Company has not consideredelected the effecthindsight practical expedient.
We expect the adoption on January 1, 2022 will result in the recognition of total
right​​​​​​​-of-use
assets between $42 million and $47 million and total lease liabilities between $46 million and $51 
million, primarily related to real estate. The recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows by a lessee will not significantly change from previous guidance; accordingly, the impact on our results of operations as reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Operations is not expected to be material. Accordingly, the Company does not expect the adoption of Topic 842 to have a material impact to the consolidated statements of operations or on its cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2016-13,
Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,
and has since issued various amendments. The guidance and related amendments modify the accounting for credit losses for most financial assets and require the use of an expected loss model replacing the currently used incurred loss method. Under this model, entities are required to estimate the lifetime expected credit loss on such instruments and record an allowance to offset the amortized cost basis of the warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 15,660,417 of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method.

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income per share for ordinary shares subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Class A Ordinary Shares are calculated by dividing the interest income earned on cash held in the Trust Account of $0, net of amounts available to be withdrawn from the Trust Account to pay the Company’s income taxes, for the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, by the weighted average number of Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. Net loss per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Founder Shares is calculated by dividing the net loss of approximately $128,000, less income attributable to Class A Ordinary Shares of approximately $0,financial asset, resulting in a net losspresentation of approximately $128,000, by the weighted average number of Founder Shares outstanding for the period.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

FASB ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attributecollected on the financial asset. The guidance is effective for the financial statement recognition and measurementCompany for the year beginning after December 15, 2022. The adoption of tax positions taken orASU

2016-13
is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2019-12,
Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740)
. The amendments in the updated guidance simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and improving consistent application of other areas of the topic by clarifying the guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU
2019-12
will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU
2020-06,
Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic
470-20)
and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic
815-40):
Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity
. ASU
2020-06
changes how entities account for convertible instruments and contracts in an entity’s own equity and simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing the Beneficial Conversion Feature (“BCF”) and Cash Conversion Feature (“CCF”) separation models required under the current guidance. ASU
2020-06
also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for equity classification. Lastly,
ASU 2020-06
changes the existing diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) calculation for convertible debt that contains a CCF and increases disclosure requirements for convertible instruments. The ASU is effective for public business entities that meet the definition of a SEC filer, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the standard will be takeneffective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted but no earlier than the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within the fiscal years. The Company currently is not planning early adoption.
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2021-08,
Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers
. This ASU was issued to improve the accounting for acquired revenue contracts with customers in a tax return. For those benefitsbusiness combination by addressing diversity in practice and inconsistency related to the following: (1) recognition of an acquired contract liability; and (2) payment terms and their effect on subsequent revenue recognized by the acquirer. The amendments in this ASU require acquiring entities to apply Topic 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination, whereas current GAAP requires that the acquirer measures such assets and liabilities at fair value on the acquisition date. The guidance is effective for the
80


Company for the year beginning after December 15, 2023, with early adoption permitted. The Company will apply the guidance in ASU
2021-08
on a prospective basis for business combinations occurring during the fiscal year in which the Company adopts the amendments.
3.
REVERSE RECAPITALIZATION
Merger Transaction
—On the Closing Date, the Company and MRAC consummated the merger transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement, following approval at an extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders of MRAC held on October 13, 2021.
In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, MRAC entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”) pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase, in the aggregate, approximately 8 million shares of New Enjoy common stock at $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment amount of approximately $80 million (the “PIPE Shares”). Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, New Enjoy agreed to provide the PIPE Investors with certain registration rights with respect to the PIPE Shares. The PIPE investment was consummated substantially concurrently with the closing of the Merger.
On the Closing Date, the Backstop Investors purchased, in the aggregate, 5,500,906 shares of New Enjoy common stock (the “Backstop Shares”), for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of approximately $55,009,060, pursuant to the Backstop Agreements. Pursuant to the Backstop Agreements, New Enjoy agreed to provide certain registration rights to the Backstop Investors with respect to the Backstop Shares.
Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, (1) each share of
Legacy
Enjoy’s (a) Series A preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share, (b) Series B preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and (c) Series C preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share (collectively, the “Enjoy Preferred Stock”), converted into one share of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of
Legacy
Enjoy and, together with Enjoy Preferred Stock, (the “Enjoy Capital Stock”) (2) all of the outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Enjoy Capital Stock were exercised in full, with the exception of the warrant to purchase 336,304 shares of Enjoy Preferred Stock held by TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corporation, and converted into the warrant to purchase 115,875 shares of New Enjoy common stock at an exercise price of $6.90 per share.
At the time of the Merger, eligible
Legacy
Enjoy equity holders received or had the right to receive shares of MRAC’s Class A ordinary shares at a deemed value of $10.00 per share after giving effect to the exchange ratio of approximately 0.34456 as defined in the Merger Agreement (“Exchange Ratio”). Accordingly, immediately after giving effect to the Merger, the Backstop investment and the PIPE investment, there were 119,621,866 shares of common stock and 15,776,292 warrants outstanding.
As a result of the Merger transaction, the Company raised gross proceeds of $171.0 million, including the contribution of
net
cash held in MRAC’s trust account from its initial public offering
of $36.0 million
as well as additional proceeds from the PIPE Investors and Backstop Investors. The net proceeds were $112.6 million after (1) repayment of PPP Loan and Blue Torch Loan and (
2
) transaction costs, of which $10.4 million was direct and incremental to the merger which was accounted for as contra-equity upon closing date. All periods prior to the Merger have been retrospectively adjusted using the exchange ratio for the equivalent number of shares outstanding immediately after the Closing to effect the reverse recapitalization.
8
1

The number of shares of common stock issued immediately following the consummation of the Transactions were as follows:
Number of Shares
Common stock of MRAC, outstanding prior to Merger46,718,750
Less redemption of MRAC shares(31,875,906
Common stock of MRAC14,842,844
Shares issued in PIPE financing8,000,000
Shares issued in Backstop financing5,500,906
Shares issued for deferred underwriting fees450,000
Merger, PIPE financing, and Backstop financing shares28,793,750
Legacy Enjoy shares90,828,116
Total shares of common stock immediately after Merger119,621,866
The merger transaction with MRAC represents a reverse merger and was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, MRAC was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination is primarily based on the fact that subsequent to the merger transaction, Enjoy stockholders have a majority of the voting power of New Enjoy, Enjoy comprises all of the ongoing operations of New Enjoy, Enjoy controls a majority of the governing body of New Enjoy, and Enjoy’s senior management comprises all of the senior management of New Enjoy. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the merger transaction was treated as the equivalent of Enjoy issuing shares for the net assets of MRAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Enjoy were stated at historical cost. No goodwill or other intangible assets were recorded.
LCH Transaction
—In April 2021, to induce one of its stockholders, LCH Enjoir L.P. (“LCH”), to surrender to Enjoy certain of its rights in connection with the Merger, Enjoy entered into the Stockholder Contribution Agreement with Ron Johnson, a related party, and the Stock Issuance Agreement with LCH. Pursuant to the Stockholder Contribution Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing, Mr. Johnson contributed a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing $20.0 million by the product obtained by multiplying $10.00 by the exchange ratio calculated in accordance with the Merger Agreement used to determine that number of shares each share of the Company’s common stock will be exchanged for at the closing of the Merger (“Contributed Shares”). In October 2021, as detailed in the Stock Issuance Agreement, Enjoy issued a number of shares equal to the Contributed Shares to LCH. Accordingly, the Company recognized an expense with a tax position must be more likely than notcorresponding increase to be sustainedadditional
paid-in
capital. The expense amounting to $20.0 million is recorded as other expense, net on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
4.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The following tables summarize the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated financial statements (in thousands):
   
Fair Value Measurements

at December 31, 2021 Using:
 
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Liabilities:                    
Derivative warrant liabilities—Public  $3,924   $0     $0     $3,924 
Derivative warrants liabilities—Private   0      2,653    0      2,653 
                     
Total financial liabilities  $3,924   $2,653   $0     $6,577 
                     
8
2

   
Fair Value Measurements

at December 31, 2020 Using:
 
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Liabilities:                    
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability  $0     $0     $806   $806 
Convertible loan   0      0      86,357    86,357 
                     
Total financial liabilities  $0     $0     $87,163   $87,163 
                     
The estimated fair value of the public warrants is measured at Level 1 fair value measurement as the public warrants are publicly traded. The estimated fair value of the private warrants measured at Level 2 fair value measurement as the key inputs to the valuation model are observable from the public warrants’ listed price.
The carrying amounts of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The Company’s Blue Torch and PPP loans are recorded at their net carrying value, which approximates fair value.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no transfers in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy of its assets measured at fair value.
The following table provides a reconciliation of activity and changes in fair value for the Company’s convertible loans and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability using inputs classified as Level 3 (in thousands):
   
Convertible
Loans
   
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock Warrant
Liability
 
Balance at January 1, 2020  $0     $337 
Issuance of convertible loan   43,450    0   
Change in fair value   42,907    469 
           
Balance at December 31, 2020   86,357    806 
Debt extinguishment of convertible loans   (36,782   0   
Proceeds from issuance of convertible loans   75,200    0   
Change in fair value   27,338    (356
Warrant reclassification to equity   0      (450
Conversion of convertible loans   (152,113   0   
           
Balance at December 31, 2021  $0     $0   
           
The estimated fair values of the convertible loans and the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability were determined utilizing the Probability-Weighted, Expected Return Method and is considered a Level 3 fair value measurement. The fair values of the convertible loans and the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability were based on the values of the loans and warrants upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefitsconversion due to the high probability associated with a certain event, which in the Company’s case, becoming a public company through a SPAC Transaction. The probability-weighted, present value of the convertible loans was determined using an estimated discount rate of 
11.7%
 as of December 31, 2020. The Company’s management determined thatfair value of the Cayman Islands isredeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability was estimated based on the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction. common stock valued at
$2.86
as of December 31, 2020. Upon consummation of the Merger, the convertible loans were converted to common stock, and the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability were converted into a warrant to purchase common stock and reclassified to equity. 
8
3

5.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Leasehold improvements  $20,446   $16,512 
Furniture and fixtures   2,173    1,438 
Office equipment   591    356 
Computer equipment   107    81 
Vehicles   66    66 
Vehicle equipment   283    —   
          
   23,666    18,453 
Less: accumulated depreciation   (7,721   (4,379
          
Property and equipment, net  $15,945   $14,074 
          
Total depreciation expense related to property and equipment, net was $3.9 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
6.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Domain Name  $1,500    1,500 
Less: accumulated amortization   (633   (533
          
Intangible assets, net  $867   $967 
          
Total amortization expense was $0.1 million for both years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The following table summarizes estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
    
2022  $100 
2023   100 
2024   100 
2025   100 
2026   100 
Thereafter   367 
     
Total estimated future amortization expense  $867 
     
8
4

7.
ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Accrued salaries and wages  $8,677   $8,088 
Deferred rent   3,552    3,876 
Accrued payables   5,296    2,774 
Accrued tax   1,259    2,210 
Accrued vacation and benefits   1,181    813 
Accrued other   145    136 
          
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities  $20,110   $17,897 
          
8.
DEBT
TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corporation Loan
—In September 2018, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corporation (“TriplePoint”), to provide a term loan of $10.0 million (the “TriplePoint Loan”), subject to certain nonfinancial covenants. The TriplePoint Loan bore interest at a rate of prime plus 5.25% and was scheduled to mature in September 2021. The principal and interest balances of the loan were repaid in November 2020, using in part, proceeds from the Blue Torch Loan (as defined below).
The TriplePoint Loan had an effective interest rate of 13.9% for the year ended December 31, 2020. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $1.1 million.
Paycheck Protection Program Loan
—In April 2020, the Company was granted a loan under the Paycheck Protection Program offered by the Small Business Administration under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, section 7(a)(36) of the Small Business Act (“PPP Loan”) for $10.0 million. The loan was provided by Newtek Small Business Finance, LLC and is evidenced by a promissory note and bore interest at 1% with no payments for the first six months and principal and interest payments thereafter. The loan was scheduled to mature in July 2023 and was subject to partial or full forgiveness if the Company uses all proceeds for eligible purposes, maintains certain employment level, and maintains certain compensation levels in accordance with and subject to the CARES Act and the rules, regulations, and guidance.
The Company recognizes accruedused all proceeds from the PPP Loan to maintain payroll and make payments for lease obligations and utilities. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized interest expense of $0.1 million and penalties related$0.1 million, respectively, in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The PPP Loan was repaid in full on the Closing Date.
Convertible Loan
—In October 2020, the Company entered into a convertible unsecured subordinated loan agreement to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued forborrow up to $50.0 million (the “2020 Convertible Loan”) from certain existing investors and executives (the “Lenders”). This agreement was amended in December 2020 to increase the paymentborrowing limit to $70 million, of interest and penaltieswhich $43.5 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware2020 Convertible Loan had several conversion options, including automatic conversion upon a qualified financing of any issues under review that could resultat least $75.0 million, an optional conversion upon a
non-qualified
financing, initial public offering and an optional conversion upon maturity. The 2020 Convertible Loan also carried a mandatory repayment feature upon a change in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.control. The 2020 Convertible Loan incurred interest at 14% and was originally set to mature in May 2024. The Company is subjectelected to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

There is currently no taxation imposed on income bymeasure the Government of2020 Convertible Loan under the Cayman Islands. In accordancefair value option. Under the fair value option, the convertible loans were measured at fair value in each reporting period until they are settled, with Cayman Islands income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied onchanges in the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflectedfair values being recognized in the Company’s financial statements.consolidated statements of operations as income or expense. Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the notes were expensed as incurred. As the convertible notes are carried at fair value in their entirety, further consideration of the embedded features in the convertible loan is not required.

8
5

2020 Convertible Loan Restructuring
—In February 2021, the Company and its Lenders agreed to an amendment to the 2020 Convertible Loan to specify the treatment of the 2020 Convertible Loan should the Company merge with a SPAC and subsequently become a publicly traded entity. In order to simplify the potential mechanics of a SPAC Transaction in the future, among other reasons, the holders of the 2020 Convertible Loan agreed to specify that immediately prior to the closing of a SPAC Transaction, the 2020 Convertible Loan would be automatically converted into the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to 90% of the value of the Company’s stock at such time. The Company’s management does not expect thatmodification of the total2020 Convertible Loan was treated as a debt extinguishment. As the substance of the transaction is a capital contribution from related parties, the resulting gain of $36.8 million was recorded to additional
paid-in
capital during the year ended December 31, 2021. The 2020 Convertible Loan was converted to common stock on the Closing Date.
2021 Convertible Loan
—In April 2021, the Company entered into an additional convertible unsecured subordinated loan agreement to borrow up to $75.0 million (the “2021 Convertible Loan”) from new investors, certain existing investors and executives. The 2021 Convertible Loan was senior in right of payment to the 2020 Convertible Loan, but expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Blue Torch Loan. The 2021 Convertible Loan had several conversion options, including an optional conversion upon maturity and automatic conversion upon the closing of a SPAC Transaction. When the SPAC Transaction occurred prior to the maturity date and prior to payment in full of the principal amount, the outstanding principal amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change overthe 2021 Convertible Loan and all accrued and unpaid interest was automatically converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Enjoy’s common stock immediately prior to the closing of the SPAC Transaction at a price per share equal to 80% of the value assigned to each share of Enjoy’s common stock. The 2021 Convertible Loan incurred interest at 8% per annum and was originally set to mature in April 2022. The Company borrowed a total of $75.0 million under the 2021 Convertible Loan agreement which was converted to common stock on the Closing Date.
Blue Torch Loan—
In November 2020, the Company, as borrower, and the Company’s subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a first lien term loan agreement with Blue Torch Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain affiliates of Blue Torch Capital LP, as lenders, to borrow a first lien term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $37.0 million, net of $1.2 million in lender fees, collateralized by substantially all of the property and assets (tangible and intangible) of the Company and its subsidiaries and maturing in November 2023. The Blue Torch Loan incurred interest at one of two rates, (the “Reference Rate” or the “LIBOR Rate”), determined at the option of the Company, plus an applicable margin. The Reference Rate is calculated as the greatest of (i) 2.0% per annum, (ii) fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding business day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, plus 0.50% per annum, (iii) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.0% per annum, or (iv) the interest rate last quoted by the Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” or, if unavailable, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate. The LIBOR Rate is calculated as the greater of (i) LIBOR rate divided by 100% minus a reserve percentage or (ii) 1.0% per annum. The applicable margin is 9.0% per annum if the Company chooses the Reference Rate and is 10% per annum if the Company chooses the LIBOR Rate. The Blue Torch Loan had an effective interest rate of 14.9% in 2021 and 2020. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $4.2 million (excluding loss on extinguishment) and $0.7 million, respectively.
The Blue Torch Loan
could
be prepaid in an amount equal to the outstanding principal and accrued interest plus an applicable premium of (i) if prepaid during the first year after the effective date, a make-whole amount equal to (x) the amount of interest that would otherwise have been payable to the lenders from the payoff date until the twelve months.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yetmonth anniversary of the effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a materialdate, calculated using the Reference Rate or LIBOR Rate in effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

On December 17, 2020,payoff date, less (y) the amount of interest the lenders would have received from the payoff date until the twelve month anniversary of the effective date if the lenders had reinvested the prepaid principal amount at the U.S. treasury rate in effect on the payoff date, plus (z) 3.0% of the

8
6

outstanding principal, (ii) if prepaid during the second year after the effective date, 2.0% of the outstanding principal, (iii) if prepaid during the third year after the effective date, 1.0% of the outstanding principal, and (iv) thereafter, 0%.
In connection with the Merger, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offeringrepaid the Blue Torch Loan in full on the Closing Date. The Company recognized a $4.0 million loss on extinguishment of 37,375,000 Units, including 4,875,000 Over-Allotment Units at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceedsdebt, which consisted of approximately $373.8unamortized debt discount of $3.3 million and incurring offering costsa make-whole amount of approximately $20.4$0.7 million. The loss on extinguishment of debt is recorded as interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
9.
STOCK WARRANTS
Warrant liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Public warrants  $3,924   $0   
Private placement warrants   2,653    0   
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant   0      806 
           
Total warrant liabilities  $6,577   $806 
           
The Company recognized $17.3 million gain and $0.5 million loss during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, related to change in fair value of which approximately $13.1 million was deferred underwriting commissions.

Each Unit consistswarrant liabilities. The gain (loss) is recorded under other expense, net in the consolidated statements of one Class A ordinary share,operations and one-fourthcomprehensive loss.

Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants
—As of one redeemable warrant (each, a “Public warrant”). Each Public warrant entitlesDecember 31, 2021, the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at aCompany has 9,343,750
public warrants and
 6,316,667
private placement warrants outstanding. 
The Company’s warrants have an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, (see Note 6).

NOTE 4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On October 28, 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain expenses on behalf of the Company in exchange for the issuance of 10,062,500 Class B Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001, (the “Founder Shares”). On November 10, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 9,343,750 Founder Shares outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share surrender. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to 1,218,750 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriter, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20.0% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. On December 15, 2020, the underwriter fully exercised its over-allotment option; thus, these Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The initial shareholders agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (a) one year after the completion of the Business Combination and (b) upon completion of the Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the Business Combination that results in all of the shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the Private Placement of 6,316,667 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of approximately $9.5 million.

Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole Class A Ordinary Share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination.

Related Party Loans

On October 28, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover for expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan was non-interest bearing and payable upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Through December 17, 2020, the Company borrowed approximately $128,000 under the Note. The Company repaid the Note in full upon closing of the Initial Public Offering.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“working capital loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the working capital loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the working capital loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the working capital loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the working capital loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such working capital loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The working capital loans would either be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lenders’ discretion, up to $1.5 million of such working capital loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. As of the December 31, 2020, the Company had no borrowings under the working capital loans.

Administrative Support Agreement

Commencing on December 14, 2020, the Company agreed to reimburse the Sponsor for out-of-pocket expenses through the completion of the Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation. Office space and administrative support services provided to the Company by the Sponsor will be provided free of charge. In addition, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, including Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC and Raine Securities LLC and other entities affiliated with Marquee and The Raine Group, will be reimbursed for any reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on the Company’s, behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. The audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to the Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to a Business Combination will be made using funds held outside the Trust Account.

NOTE 5. COMMITMENTS & CONTINGENCIES

Registration and Shareholder Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans) were entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement signed upon completion of the Initial Public Offering. These holders were entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until the termination of the applicable lock-up period for the securities to be registered. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriter a 45-day option from the final prospectus relating to the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 4,875,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On December 15, 2020, the underwriter fully exercised its over-allotment option.

The underwriter was entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or approximately $7.5 million in the aggregate, paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The underwriter also reimbursed approximately $3.0 million to the Company to cover for expenses in connection with the Initial Public Offering.

In addition, $0.35 per unit, or approximately $13.1 million in the aggregate will be payable to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 6. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preference Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share and with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s Board. As of December 31, 2020, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2020, there were 1,605,129 Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, excluding 35,769,871 Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption.

Class B Ordinary Shares— The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 Founder Shares. On October 28, 2020, the Company issued 10,062,500 Founder Shares to the Sponsor. On November 10, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 9,343,750 Founder Shares outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share surrender. Of the 9,343,750 Founder Shares outstanding, up to 1,218,750 shares were subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial shareholders would collectively own approximately 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares (See Note 4). On December 15, 2020, the underwriter fully exercised its over-allotment option; thus, these Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

Prior to the Business Combination, only holders of the Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of the Founder Shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of a Business Combination, holders of a majority of the Founder Shares may remove a member of the Board for any reason. These provisions of the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of the ordinary shares who attend and vote at the general meeting, which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the Founder Shares. With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, including any vote in connection with the Business Combination, except as required by law, holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Founder Shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote.

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares on the first business day following the completion of the Business Combination at a ratio such that the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities (as defined herein) or rights issued or deemed issued by the Company in connection with or in relation to the completion of the Business Combination, excluding (1) any Class A Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Business Combination and (2) any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor or any of its affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans, minus (b) the number of Class A Ordinary Shares redeemed by public shareholders in connection with the Business Combination. In no event will the Founder Shares convert into Class A Ordinary Shares at a rate of less than one to one.

Warrants—Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. The warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless

exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than twenty (20) business days after the closing of the Business Combination, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of the Business Combination, and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A Ordinary Shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement provided that if the Class A Ordinary Shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th day after the closing of the Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption, but the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

The warrants have an exercise price of $11.50 per whole share, and will expire2026, five years after the completion of a Business Combinationthe Transactions, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company and, (i) in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the initial shareholders or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance, and (ii) to the extent that such issuance is made to Marquee and The Raine Group or their respective affiliates, without taking into account the transfer of Founder Shares or private Placement warrants (including if such transfer is effectuated as a surrender to the Company and subsequent reissuance by to the Company) by the Sponsor in connection with such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the Business Combination on the date of the completion of the Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume-weighted average trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company completes its Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices described under “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00” and “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively.

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Shareshare equals or exceeds $18.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, the
The Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except with respect to the Private Placement Warrants)private placement warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of Class A Ordinary Sharesour common stock for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like).

The Company will not redeem the warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A Ordinary Sharescommon stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A Ordinary Sharesthat common stock is available throughout the
30-day
redemption period.
If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, it may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Except as set forth below, none of the Private Placement Warrantsprivate placement warrants will be redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

8
7

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Shareshare equals or exceeds $10.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, the
The Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants)private placement warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to an agreed table based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of the Class A Ordinary Shares;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to an agreed table based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of our common stock;
if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like); and

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), the Private Placement Warrantsprivate placement warrants must also concurrently be called for redemption on the same terms (except as described herein with respect to a holders’ ability to cashless exercise its warrants) as the outstanding warrants, as described above.

The “fair market value” of the Class A ordinary sharesour common stock for the above purpose shall mean the volume-weighted average price of Class A ordinary sharesour common stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. In no event will the warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 Class A ordinary shares of common stock per warrant (subject to adjustment).

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants
—In connection with the TriplePoint Loan agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 115,875 shares of its Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.90 per share. These warrants were originally set to expire on November 13, 2030. The warrants were classified as liabilities because they represent an obligation indexed to the repurchase of the Company’s own equity since the underlying shares are contingently redeemable. The fair value of the warrant at issuance date was determined utilizing a hybrid market approach (guideline public company method and implied method) for its option pricing methodology.
The warrant was recorded at its estimated fair value of $0.2 million at issuance date as a warrant liability. Changes in fair value were recorded to other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. The Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock was converted into common stock as part of the Merger (See Note 3). Consequently, the related redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant was also converted to warrant to purchase common stock. As a result, the warrant liability was reclassified to additional
paid-in
capital upon closing of the Merger and no further remeasurement is required on a go forward basis.
Balance at January 1, 2020  $337 
Change in fair value   469 
     
Balance at December 31, 2020   806 
Change in fair value   (356
Reclassification to equity   (450
     
Balance at December 31, 2021  $0   
     
Blue Torch Loan Warrants
—The Company issued warrants to Blue Torch and its affiliates to purchase up to 163,454 shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price of $0.03 per share and a term of 10 years. The warrants became exercisable on the date of grant. These warrants were classified as equity. As of the issuance date, the warrants were recorded at their estimated fair value of $1.4 million as debt discount with an offset to additional
paid-in
capital. In connection with the Merger, the Blue Torch Loan Warrants were exercised in full (See Note 3).
8
8

10.
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
In 2021 and prior to the Merger, the Company authorized and issued 1,362,099 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a price of $11.0 per share, for gross proceeds of $15.0 million. The Series C convertible preferred stock was converted to common stock upon closing of the Transactions on the Closing Date.
At December 31, 2020, redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands except share amounts):
   
Preferred
Shares
Authorized
   
Preferred
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
   
Issuance
Price
Per Share
   
Conversion
Price
Per Share
   
Carrying
Value
   
Liquidation
Preference
 
Series Seed   3,521,368    3,521,368   $1.0367   $1.0367   $3,651   $3,651 
Series A   8,027,737    8,027,737    3.3011    3.3011    26,371    26,500 
Series B   26,464,034    26,348,159    6.9039    6.9039    181,592    181,906 
Series C   13,620,991    13,620,991    11.0124    11.0124    142,078    150,000 
                        
Total   51,634,130    51,518,255       $353,692   $362,057 
                        
The shares of the Company’s common and redeemable convertible preferred stock, prior to the Merger (as defined in Note 1) have been retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio of approximately 0.34456 established in the Merger as described in Note 3. As of the Closing Date, all redeemable convertible preferred stock had been converted to common stock of the Company.
The holders of Preferred Stock have various rights and preferences as follows:
Dividends
—The Company’s preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends are not cumulative. The preferred stockholders are entitled to a certain dividend rate per annum, noncumulative, to be paid out before any dividends are declared on common shares. The dividend rate is $0.0621 per share for each share of Series Seed Preferred Stock, $0.1979 per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.4142 per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, and $0.6608 per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock. After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of common stock and preferred stock in proportion to the number of shares of common stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of preferred stock converted to common stock at the then effective conversion rate. No such dividends have been declared since the Company’s inception.
Conversion
—Each share of Preferred Stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock which results from dividing the initial issuance price per share of such shares by the conversion price per share in effect for the convertible preferred stock at the time of conversion.
Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the conversion price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Corporation’s sale of the Company’s common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, the offering price of which was not less than $100.0 million in the aggregate and less than $27.54 per share or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock.
Liquidation Preference
—In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series Seed, Series A, Series B, and Series C, shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any distribution to holders of common stock, an amount equal to their original issue price, together with any declared but unpaid dividends. The remaining proceeds are distributed to the common stockholders. If the assets are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Preferred Stock, the assets or consideration of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to their liquidation preference.
8
9

Voting and Election of Directors
—The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock. The holders of Series Seed Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director. The holders of outstanding common stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director. The holders of preferred stock and common stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors.
Redemption
—While shares of Preferred Stock do not have mandatory redemption provisions, they are contingently redeemable upon a deemed liquidation event.
11.
COMMON STOCK
On October 15, 2021, the Merger was consummated and the Company issued 28,793,750 shares including the PIPE Shares and Backstop Shares. Immediately following the Merger, there were 119,621,866 shares of common stock outstanding with a par value of $0.0001. The holder of each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.
The Company has retroactively adjusted the shares issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Date, to give effect to the Exchange Ratio established in the Merger Agreement to determine the number of shares of common stock into which they were converted.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had authorized 500,000,000 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 119,624,679 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.
The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding. No such dividends have been declared since the Company’s inception.
As of each balance sheet date, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance in connection with the following:
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock   0      51,518,255 
Exercise of public warrants and private placement warrants   15,660,417    0   
Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible and common stock preferred stock   115,875    279,329 
Awards outstanding under the equity incentive plans   14,401,983    7,881,625 
Awards available for future grant under the equity incentive plans   6,673,256    4,425,966 
Awards available for future grant under the employee stock purchase plan   2,383,437    0   
          
Total   39,234,968    64,105,175 
          
90


12.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
2014 Equity Incentive Plan
In June 2014, the Company adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), which provided for the issuance of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock to eligible participants. Options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options (ISO) may be granted only to the Company’s employees (including officers and directors). Nonqualified stock options (NSO) may be granted to the Company’s employees and consultants.
Under the Plan, options to purchase common stock awards were granted at no less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, as determined by the board of directors (100% of fair value for incentive stock options and 110% of fair value in certain instances). All options granted through December 31, 2021 and 2020 have been at 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock. Options generally vest with respect to 25% of the shares one year after the options’ vesting commencement date, and the remainder vest in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months or the entire options vest in equal monthly installments over 48 months. Options generally vest over a four-year period and must be exercised within ten years after grant. In the event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company for any reason, with or without cause, all unvested options are forfeited and all vested options must be exercised within a
90-day
period or they are forfeited, although the board of directors can approve an extension of the exercise period beyond the 90 day limit. The Company has not granted any stock appreciation rights as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Upon adoption of the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2014 Plan was terminated, and no further grants will be made under the 2014 Plan. Any awards granted under the 2014 Plan will remain subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan and the applicable award agreement.
2021 Equity Incentive Plan
In October 2021, the Company adopted the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, which provided for the issuance of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance awards and other forms of awards to eligible participants. Options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options (ISO) may be granted only to the Company’s employees (including officers and directors). Nonqualified stock options (NSO) may be granted to the Company’s employees and consultants.
As of December 31, 2021, only restricted stock units have been granted under the 2021 Plan. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of shares of the Company’s common stock, a combination of cash and shares as determined by the board of directors, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement or by the board of directors, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In October 2021, the Company adopted the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The ESPP will allow eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a discounted price, through payroll deductions of up to IRS allowable limit per calendar year. Once an offering date to purchase shares has been established, the purchase price will be set at the lower of (i) an amount equal to 85% of the fair value of the shares of the Company’s common stock on the offering date or (ii) 85% of the fair value of the shares of the Company’s common stock on the applicable purchase date. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has 0t granted any purchase rights under the ESPP.
9
1

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense on all awards in the following categories in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
   
Years Ended

December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Cost of revenue  $239   $34 
Operations and technology   1,248    631 
General and administrative   9,071    1,084 
          
Total stock-based compensation expense  $10,558   $1,749 
          
Stock Options
A summary of the status of the stock options (retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio of as described in Note 3) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and changes during the years then ended are presented below (in thousands except share and per share amounts):
   
Number of
Shares
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   
Remaining
Contractual
Term (In
Years)
   
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
Balance at January 1, 2020   7,450,921   $1.68    8.49   $6,783 
Options granted   1,457,219    2.59     
Options exercised   (276,325   1.19     
Options cancelled   (751,083   2.15     
           
Balance at December 31, 2020   7,880,732    1.82    7.71   $51,134 
Options granted   3,524,789    9.02     
Options exercised   (1,207,353   1.49     
Options cancelled   (1,354,871   5.84     
           
Balance at December 31, 2021   8,843,297    4.12    6.75   $16,632 
           
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2021   5,288,359    2.27     
           
Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2021   8,843,297   $4.12     
           
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $9.02 and $2.59, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $9.5 million and $1.0 million respectively.
The Company records compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was approximately $14.1 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested employee options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years and 2.5 years, respectively.
9
2

Restricted Stock Units (RSU)
The following table summarizes information pertaining to RSUs during the year-ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands, except for weighted-average grant-date fair value):
   
Number

of RSUs
   
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
 
Balance at December 31, 2020   0     $0   
Granted   5,651,274    5.58 
Released   0      0   
Cancelled/forfeited   (52,526   10.05 
       
Balance at December 31, 2021   5,598,748   $5.54 
       
The fair value of the RSUs is based on the market value of the underlying shares at the date of grant. The RSU grants’ vesting periods are either subject to both a service and performance-based condition or only a service-based condition. The service-based vesting requirements are satisfied either: a) 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% vesting in substantially equal quarterly installments for three years thereafter; b)
one-third
vesting on each of the first three anniversaries of the vesting commencement date; or c) awards vest in substantially equal quarterly installments for four years following the vesting start date, all subject to continued service through each vesting date. The performance-based vesting conditions was satisfied upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, which was consummation of the Merger (Note 3).
The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs amounting to $3.3 million and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
As of December 31, 2021, there was a total of $27.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs as the service-based condition has not been met.
13.
INCOME TAXES
The components of loss before provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
   
Years Ended

December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Federal  $(221,614  $(160,042
Foreign   923    2,355 
          
Loss before provision for income taxes  $(220,691  $(157,687
          
9
3

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:
   
Years Ended

December 31,
 
   
2021
  
2020
 
Federal statutory rate   21.0  21.0
Effect of:   
State statutory rate, net of federal tax benefit   3.2  3.0
Foreign tax   0.3  (2.6)% 
Change in valuation allowance   (22.1)%   (16.2)% 
Loss on convertible loan   (2.6)%   (5.0)% 
Warrants
   1.6  0   
Other   (1.4%)   (0.3)% 
         
Total   0.0  (0.1)% 
         
The income tax provision/(benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):
   
Years Ended

December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Current provision:    
Federal  $0     $0   
State   23    22 
Foreign   461    75 
          
Total current provision   484    97 
          
Deferred provision:    
Federal   0      0   
State   0      0   
Foreign   (566   0   
          
Total deferred provision/(benefit)   (566   0   
          
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes  $(82  $97 
          
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The approximate amount of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Deferred tax assets:    
Net operating loss carryforwards  $141,216   $96,646 
Stock-based compensation   1,597    139 
Accruals and reserves   947    323 
Property and equipment   977    568 
163(j) interest limitation   2,125    0   
          
Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance   146,862    97,676 
          
Valuation allowance   (146,308   (97,676
          
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance  $554   $0   
          
9
4

In evaluating its ability to realize its net deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers projected future taxable income and
tax-planning
strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable loss and projections for future taxable losses over the period in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the Company believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences. As a result, the Company continues to maintain valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets for U.S. income tax purposes as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the valuation allowance increased by $48.6 million and $29.9 million respectively, primarily due to current year losses.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of $551.0 million and $373.7 million, which will begin to expire in 2034. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of $429.1 million and $309.5 million, which will begin to expire beginning in 2024.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has federal research and development tax credits carryforwards of $4.2 million and $2.9 million, respectively. Furthermore, the Company has state research and development tax credits carryforwards of $3.7 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits will begin to expire 2038, if not utilized. The state research and development tax credits have no expiration date.
The CARES Act was enacted in the United States on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act includes several U.S. income tax provisions related to, among other things, net operating loss carrybacks, alternative minimum tax credits, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations, and technical amendments regarding the income tax depreciation of qualified improvement property placed in service after December 31, 2017. The CARES Act does not have a material impact on the Company’s financial results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (the “Act”) was enacted in the United States on December 27, 2020. The Act enhances and expands certain provisions of the CARES Act. The Act does not have a material impact on the Company’s financial results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
The Company attributes net revenue, costs and expenses to domestic and foreign components based on the terms of its agreements with its subsidiaries. The Company does not provide for federal income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are to be reinvested offshore indefinitely. If the Company repatriated these earnings, the resulting income tax liability would be insignificant.
On June 29, 2020, Assembly Bill 85 (“A.B. 85”) was signed into California law. A.B. 85 provides for a three-year suspension of the use of net operating losses for medium and large businesses and a three-year cap on the use of business incentive tax credits to offset no more than $5.0 million of tax per year. A.B. 85 suspends the use of net operating losses for taxable years 2020, 2021 and 2022 for certain taxpayers with taxable income of $1.0 million or more. The carryover period for any net operating losses that are suspended under this provision will be extended. A.B. 85 also requires that business incentive tax credits including carryovers may not reduce the applicable tax by more than $5.0 million for taxable years 2020, 2021 and 2022. The Company does not expect the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements to be material. California Senate Bill 113 (SB113) was signed into law by Governor Newsom on February 9, 2022, which lifts the suspension of net operating loss deductions and limitations on research and development credits for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021.
Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits (IRC Section 383 of the Code), in any taxable year may be limited if it experiences an ownership change. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not completed a formal Section 382 study on the Business Combinationpotential limitation of its tax attributes. As any limitation imposed by Section 382 to a tax attribute would result in a corresponding offsetting change in valuation allowance for U.S. federal and state purposes, no impact to the effective tax rate would be required.
9
5

The Company evaluates tax positions for recognition using a
more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold, and those tax positions eligible for recognition are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon the effective settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the gross unrecognized tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2020  $3,609 
Increase for tax positions during 2020   1,763 
     
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2020   5,372 
Gross increase for tax positions during 2021   2,864 
Gross decrease for tax positions during 2021   (321
     
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2021  $7,915 
     
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, all unrecognized tax benefits are subject to a full valuation allowance and, if recognized, will not affect the Company’s tax rate.
The Company does not anticipate that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease in the next 12 months.
The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within its provision for income taxes. Due to the Company’s net operating loss position, the Company has 0t recorded an accrual for interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
The Company files federal and state tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Due to the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards, income tax returns generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. All tax years since inception remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions.
14.
NET LOSS PER SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of net loss per common share (in thousands except share and per share amounts):
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Numerator:    
Net loss  $(220,609  $(157,784
Denominator:    
Weighted-average common shares
outstanding—basic and diluted
   47,449,095    21,311,844 
          
Net loss per share—basic and
diluted
  $(4.65  $(7.40
          
As a result of the Merger, the weighted-average number of shares of common stock used in the net loss per share have been retroactively converted by applying the Exchange Ratio. The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include public warrants, private placement warrants, redeemable convertible preferred stock, restricted stock units, stock options to purchase common stock and warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be antidilutive. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share is the same. The Company excluded
9
6

the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
   
December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock   —      51,518,255 
Public warrants and private placement warrants   15,660,417    —   
Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible
preferred stock
   115,875    115,875 
Options to purchase common stock   8,843,297    7,880,732 
Restricted stock units   5,598,748    —   
Conversion of convertible loan   —      4,034,163 
          
Total common stock equivalents   30,218,337    63,549,025 
          
15.
SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company manages its operations through two operating segments that are based on geographic location: North America and Europe. These operating segments also represent the Company’s reportable segments.
North America: The North America segment consists of operations within the Combination PeriodUnited States and Canada.
Europe: The Europe segment consists of operations within the United Kingdom.
Separate financial information is available and regularly evaluated by our CODM, who is our president and chief executive officer, in making resource allocation decisions for our segments. The CODM utilizes revenue from external customers and segment income (loss) to measure and assess each segment’s performance.
Segment income (loss) is calculated as revenue less cost of revenue, operational expenses directly related to each segment and excludes certain corporate expenses. We view this metric as an important measure of business performance as it captures mobile store and segment profitability and provides comparability across reporting periods.
Unallocated corporate operations and technology expenses consist of personnel-related expenses for engineers and the Company liquidates the funds helddevelopment and maintenance of our technology systems. Unallocated general and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses for executive, finance, legal, human resources, and corporate facilities.
9
7

Reconciliations of segment revenue to consolidated revenue and segment loss to consolidated loss from operations is shown in the Trust Account, holdersfollowing table for each of warrantsthe periods presented (in thousands):
   
For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
 
   
North America
   
Europe
   
Total
 
Revenue  $68,460   $12,538   $80,998 
Segment loss   (103,334   (28,522   (131,856
Unallocated corporate expenses:      
Operations and technology       (13,783
General and administrative       (36,205
         
Loss from operations      $(181,844
         
   
For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
 
   
North America
   
Europe
   
Total
 
Revenue  $46,593   $13,730   $60,323 
Segment loss   (64,669   (18,167   (82,836
Unallocated corporate expenses:      
Operations and technology       (12,879
General and administrative       (15,912
         
Loss from operations      $(111,627
         
The Company’s revenue distribution for its North America segment was as follows:
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2021
  
2020
 
United States   86  90
Canada   14  10
         
   100  100
         
Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net. The following long-lived assets data is based upon the location of the assets (in thousands):
   
As of December 31,
 
   
2021
   
2020
 
North America  $11,267   $7,920 
Europe   4,678    6,154 
          
Total long-lived assets  $15,945   $14,074 
          
As of December 31, 2021, long-lived assets located in the United States and Canada were approximately $9.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, long-lived assets located in the United States and Canada were approximately $7.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, revenue from external customers for the United States and Canada were approximately $58.7 million and $9.7 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, revenue from external customers for the United States and Canada were approximately $41.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, there were 4 customers with revenues individually in excess of 10% of total consolidated net revenues. Net revenues for these customers were approximately $50.4 million, $12.5 million, $9.7 million and $8.4 million in 2021. NaN customers are reflected in the North American segment and 1 customer is reflected in the European segment.
9
8

During the year ended December 31, 2020, there were 2 customers
with
revenues individually in excess of 10% of total consolidated net revenues. Net revenues for these customers were approximately $41.3 million and $13.7 million in 2020. NaN customer is reflected in each segment.
16.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
In January 2016, the Company adopted a 401(k) Plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) Plan, participating U.S. employees may defer a portion of their pretax earnings not to exceed the maximum amount allowable. The Company has not made any matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
The Company also maintains a Group Personal Pension Plan (the “GPP Plan”) for all eligible employees in the Company’s United Kingdom offices. The GPP Plan is a defined contribution plan in which employees are eligible to contribute a portion of their salaries, subject to a maximum annual amount as established by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs. In 2021 and 2020, the Company matched 3% of employee contributions. The Company contributed $0.4 million and $0.3 million to the GPP Plan in the form of matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
17.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases—
In February 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space for its headquarters in Palo Alto, California. Monthly base rent began in September 2019, for a term of 90 months. In addition to its headquarters, the Company also leases office space and warehouses throughout the United States, as well as in Canada and the United Kingdom.
On an ongoing basis, the Company enters into vehicle lease agreements under Fleet Lease Agreements in the US and the U.K., with each vehicle lease having a typical term of 36 months. As part of the Fleet Lease Agreement, upon termination of each vehicle lease the lessor will sell the vehicle and determine a final settlement calculation. This calculation is represented as the difference between the sale price (or “disposal value”) plus the sum of all rental payments made throughout the lease and the initial vehicle value. If the calculation results in a surplus, the Company will receive the balance from the lessor, and if it results in a deficit, the Company will owe the balance to the lessor. However, the US Fleet Lease Agreement includes a lessor guarantee that the disposal value of each vehicle will never be less than a specific percentage of the initial value of the vehicle. This potential deficit is excluded from the straight-line rent charged to expense over the lease term unless and until it becomes probable that it will result in a deficit and deemed a residual value guarantee.
As of December 31, 2021, future annual minimum rent payments under noncancelable leases were as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
    
2022
  $16,765 
2023
   13,352 
2024
   10,779 
2025
   7,323 
2026
   3,410 
Thereafter   187 
      
Total minimum lease payments  $51,816 
      
Rent expense was $16.2 million and $15.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company has updated the 2020 rent expense disclosure to include fleet vehicle lease expense that was previously inadvertently omitted.
9
9

Standby Letters of Credit—
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had several letters of credit outstanding related to its operating leases and workers compensation totaling $1.7 million and $5.5 million. Collateral for all standby letters of credit are included in restricted cash in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Security deposits to landlords totaling $3.7 million and $3.5 million are included in other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Legal Matters—
The Company is party to certain claims in the normal course of business. While the results of these claims cannot be predicted with any certainty, the Company believes that the final outcome of these matters will not receive anyhave a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company records a liability when it believes that it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. There were 0 such fundsmaterial matters as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Indemnifications—
As an element of its standard commercial terms, the Company includes an indemnification clause in its agreements with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distributionbusiness partners, investors, lenders and contractors that includes defense and indemnification of those parties against liability and damages (including legal defense costs) awarded against those parties arising from claims of infringement of U.S. patents, copyrights, and trademarks, and misappropriation of trade secrets of third parties by the Company’s assets held outsideservices or materials. To date, the Company has not experienced any claims related to its indemnification provisions. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Trust Account withCompany has 0t established an indemnification loss reserve.
To the respect toextent permitted under Delaware law, the Company has agreements whereby certain officers and directors are indemnified for certain events or occurrences while the director or officer is or was serving in such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

NOTE 7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

capacity. The Company evaluated subsequentindemnification period covers all pertinent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date upso long as such officer or director may be subject to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review,any possible claim. However, the Company did not identifymaintains director and officer insurance coverage that reduces overall exposure and enables recovery of a portion of any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosurefuture amounts paid. The estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements in the financial statements.

excess of applicable insurance coverage is considered to be immaterial as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.


*****
ITEM
Item 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

ITEM
Item 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Principal Executive Officerprincipal executive officer and Principal Financial Officer,principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15

Our principal executive officer and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officerprincipal financial officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule(s)
13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2020.2021. Based upon theirthat evaluation, our Principal Executive Officerprincipal executive officer and Principal Financial Officerprincipal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as definedwere not effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2021 because of the material weaknesses in Rules 13a-15(e)internal control over financial reporting described below.
In designing and 15d-15(e) underevaluating disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognizes that any system of controls, however well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance, and not absolute
100

assurance, that the Exchange Act) were effective.

desired control objectives of the system are met. In addition, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals in all future circumstances. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures must be designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of our disclosure control system are met.

Management’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form
10-K
does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting, or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm, dueas allowed by the SEC for reverse acquisitions between an issuer and a private operating company when it is not possible to a transitionconduct an assessment of the private operating company’s internal control over financial reporting in the period establishedbetween the consummation date of the reverse acquisition and the date of management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting required by rulesItem 308(a) of Regulation
S-K
(pursuant to Section 215.02 of the SEC Division of Corporation Finance’s Regulation
S-K
Compliance & Disclosure Interpretations). As discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form
10-K,
we completed the Transactions on October 15, 2021. Prior to the Transactions, we were a special purpose acquisition company formed for newly public companies.

During the most recently completed fiscal year, therepurpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more operating businesses. As a result, previously existing internal controls are no longer applicable or comprehensive enough as of December 31, 2021, the assessment date of our internal control over financial reporting as our operations prior to the Transactions were insignificant compared to those of the consolidated entity post-Transactions. In addition, the design of internal control over financial reporting for the Company following the Transactions has been no changerequired and will continue to require significant time and resources from management and other personnel. As a result, management was unable, without incurring unreasonable effort or expense, to conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021.

Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
As previously disclosed, in connection with the preparation of our previously issued financial statements, material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting were identified that continue to exist as of December 31, 2021. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses identified are as follows:
We did not design and maintain an effective control environment commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. Specifically, we lacked a sufficient number of professionals with (i) an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, training and experience to appropriately analyze, record and disclose accounting matters timely and accurately, and (ii) an appropriate level of knowledge and experience to establish effective processes and controls. Additionally, the lack of a sufficient number of professionals resulted in an inability to consistently establish appropriate authorities and responsibilities in pursuit of our financial reporting objectives, as demonstrated by, among other things, insufficient segregation of duties in our finance and accounting functions.
We did not design and maintain effective controls in response to the risks of material misstatement. Specifically, changes to existing controls or the implementation of new controls were not sufficient to respond to changes to the risks of material misstatement to financial reporting.
These material weaknesses contributed to the following additional material weaknesses:
We did not design and maintain effective controls over the segregation of duties related to journal entries and account reconciliations. Specifically, certain personnel have the ability to both (i) create and post journal entries within our general ledger system and (ii) prepare and review account reconciliations.
We did not design and maintain effective controls over information technology (“IT”) general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of the financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and maintain: (i) program change management controls for all financial systems to ensure that information technology program and data changes affecting financial IT applications and underlying accounting records are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and that adequately restrict user and
101

privileged access to financial applications and data to appropriate personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure that critical batch jobs are monitored, and data backups are authorized and monitored; and (iv) testing and approval controls for program development to ensure that new software development is aligned with business and IT requirements. These IT deficiencies did not result in a misstatement to the financial statements, however, the deficiencies, when aggregated, could impact our ability to maintain effective segregation of duties, as well as the effectiveness of
IT-dependent
controls (such as automated controls that address the risk of material misstatement to one or more assertions, along with the IT controls and underlying data that support the effectiveness of system-generated data and reports) that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined these deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.
The material weaknesses described above did not result in a misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements. However, each of these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of our financial statement accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
Remediation Efforts to Address Previously Identified Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management has expended, and will continue to expend, a substantial amount of effort and resources for the remediation of the previously identified material weaknesses. We have taken, and will continue to take, the following actions towards remediation of the material weaknesses.
We have hired, and will continue to hire, personnel with appropriate level of knowledge, training, and experience in accounting and finance to improve our financial accounting and reporting departments and our internal control over financial reporting. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we provided financial reporting and internal control training to enhance employees’ competence and experience required to fulfill their roles and responsibilities.
During the fourth quarter of 2021, we initiated performing a risk assessment over our financial reporting and our internal control over financial reporting, including identification of financially relevant systems and business processes at the financial statement assertion level, and to identify controls to address the identified risks. We will continue to complete our risk assessment and enhance the design of existing controls, as well as implement new controls in future periods.
We plan to design and implement controls over the preparation and review of journal entries and account reconciliations, including controls over the segregation of duties. We have begun to strengthen, and will continue to strengthen, controls related to segregation of duties related to financial accounting and reporting systems.
We plan to design and implement IT general controls, including controls over the provisioning and monitoring of user access rights and privileges, change management processes and procedures, batch job and data backup authorization and monitoring, and program development approval and testing.
We are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment and implementing measures designed to help ensure that control deficiencies contributing to the material weaknesses are remediated as soon as possible. We have made progress towards remediation and will continue to implement our remediation plan for the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described above. We will not consider the material weaknesses remediated until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time, and management has concluded, through testing, that the controls are operating effectively.
102

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
As discussed above, there were changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules
13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
of the Exchange Act during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2021 that materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM
Item 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

Other Information.

None.

Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
103

PART III

ITEM
Item 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K,

Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information for our current directors and executive officers areand directors as follows:

of December 31, 2021:

Name

  

Age

  

Title

Position
Crane H. Kenney
Executive Officers
  57  Co-Chief Executive Officer
Brett Varsov
Ron Johnson
  4563  Co-Chief
Director,
Co-Founder
and Chief Executive Officer
Alexander D. Sugarman
Fareed Khan
  4056  Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
Joseph Beyrouty
Jonathan Mariner
  4167  
Director, Chief FinancialAdministrative Officer
Evan Ellsworth34Vice President
Jason Sondag
Tiffany N. Meriweather
  38  Vice President
Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary
Non-Employee
Directors
Fred Harman
(1)(3)
61
Director
Thomas Ricketts
(2)
56
Director
Brett Varsov
(3)
46
Director
Salaam Coleman Smith
(3)
52
Director
Denise Young Smith
(1)(2)
  55  Co-Chairman and
Director
Brandon Gardner
Gideon Yu
(1)
  4650  Co-Chairman
Director
(1)
Member of the Audit Committee    
(2)
Member of the Compensation Committee    
(3)
Member of the Nominating and Director
Thomas Freston75Director
Matthew Maloney45Director
Assia Grazioli-Venier40DirectorGovernance Committee    

Crane H. Kenney

Executive Officers
Ron Johnson.
Mr. Johnson has served as Co-Chiefthe President and Chief Executive Officer of the CompanyEnjoy and Chair of Enjoy’s board of directors since October 2020.2021 in addition to serving as the
Co-Founder,
President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Legacy Enjoy from June 2014 to October 2021. Previously, Mr. KenneyJohnson served as the Chief Executive Officer of JCPenney Company, Inc. from November 2011 to April 2013, Senior Vice President of Retail at Apple Inc. from January 2000 to October 2011, and Vice President of Merchandising at Target Corporation from September 1984 to December 1999. Mr. Johnson serves as a member of the board of directors of Ermenegildo Zegna NV (NYSE: ZGN) and also serves as a member of the board of directors of various private companies, namely: Globality, Inc., Philz Coffee, Inc. and Fish Six Restaurant Corp (d/b/a The Melt). Mr. Johnson holds a B.A. in Economics from Stanford University and a M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Johnson’s extensive experience in the retail industry, his experience as an executive, and his leadership of Enjoy qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.
Fareed Khan.
Mr. Khan has beenserved as Chief Financial Officer of Enjoy since January 2021. Prior to joining Enjoy, Mr. Khan served in various executive leadership roles, including as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, from July 2019 to December 2021, of Parallel, a health and wellness company. Mr. Khan served as Chief Financial Officer of Kellogg Company from February 2017 to July 2019 and Chief Financial Officer of US Foods, Inc. from September 2013 to February 2017. He also served in various executive leadership roles at USG Corporation, including as the President and Chief Executive Officer of USG Building Systems, from September 1999 to September 2010. Mr. Khan previously served on the board of Foundation Building Materials from 2017 to 2021. Mr. Khan holds a BS in Engineering from Carleton University and a MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.
Jonathan Mariner.
Mr. Mariner has served as Enjoy’s Chief Administrative Officer and as a member of its board of directors since October 2021, in addition to serving as Enjoy’s Chief People Officer from October 2021 to January 2022 and Legacy Enjoy’s Chief Administrative Officer and Chief People Officer and as a member of
104

Legacy Enjoy’s board of directors from December 2020 to October 2021. Mr. Mariner has also served as the founder and President of TaxDay LLC, a mobile residency tax tracking application, since April 2016. From March 2002 to May 2016, Mr. Mariner served in executive leadership roles at Major League Baseball, including as Chief Investment Officer from January 2015 to May 2016 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from March 2002 to December 2014. He serves on the board of directors of Rocket Mortgage, Inc., Tyson Foods Inc., IEX Group, Inc. and various other private companies and organizations. Mr. Mariner also served on the board of directors of Ultimate Software Group Inc. Mr. Mariner holds a BS in Accounting from the University of Virginia and a MBA. from Harvard Business School; and is a former Certified Public Accountant. We believe that Mr. Mariner’s extensive experience as an executive, and his leadership role at Enjoy qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.
Tiffany N. Meriweather.
Ms. Meriweather has served as Enjoy’s Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since October 2021 and as Legacy Enjoy’s Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary from April 2021 to October 2021. Prior to joining Enjoy, Ms. Meriweather served in the roles of Senior Vice President, Legal and Assistant Secretary and Vice President, Legal and Assistant Secretary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. from September 2019 to April 2021. She previously served as Vice President, Corporate and Securities Counsel at CBS Corporation from October 2018 to September 2019, and as Assistant General Counsel, Affiliate Relations from January 2017 to October 2018. From October 2008 to January 2017, Ms. Meriweather served as a senior corporate attorney at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Ms. Meriweather holds a B.A. from Emory University and a J.D. from Columbia Law School.
Non-Employee
Directors
Fred Harman.
Mr. Harman has served as a member of the board of directors of Enjoy since October 2021 and as a member of the board of directors of Legacy Enjoy from October 2015 to October 2021. Mr. Harman is currently the Managing Partner at Oak Investment Partners, a venture capital firm that invests in technology companies, having joined Oak Investment Partners as a General Partner in 1994. Currently, he is a member of the board of several other private technology companies. Prior to joining Oak Investment Partners, Mr. Harman worked with Morgan Stanley’s Venture Capital Group where he was a General Partner. Prior to Morgan Stanley, Mr. Harman worked in Business Development at Hughes Communications where he was involved in the formation of the predecessor to DirecTV. Mr. Harman was previously on the board of Carparts.com, Inc. from 2006 to 2017 and Leaf Group Ltd. from 2006 to 2018. Mr. Harman received an MBA from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Operationsand a BS and MS in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Harman’s extensive experience as an executive, his experience in venture capital and prior service as a director of Enjoy qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.
Thomas Ricketts
. Mr. Ricketts has served as a member of the board of directors of Enjoy since October 2021 and previously served as MRAC’s
co-Chairman
and Director from October 2020 to October 2021. Mr. Ricketts has served as the Executive Chairman of the Chicago Cubs since 2009. FollowingHe also serves as the Chairman of Incapital. Mr. Ricketts family’s acquisitioncurrently serves on the boards of Meijer, Inc., Choose Chicago, The Field Museum, The Executive’s Club of Chicago, and The Wood Family Foundation. He was also a founding Director of the Cubs in 2009,Bond Dealers of America. Mr. Kenney led the organization’s talent acquisition, strategic planningRicketts has also been a Director at Ameritrade and, execution of the ten-year turnaround that helped transform the Cubs into one of the most valuable teams in Major League Baseball.subsequently, TD Ameritrade. Prior to his current rolestarting Incapital, Mr. Ricketts worked at the Cubs, Mr. Kenney was the General Counsel of Tribune Company (then the owner of the Cubs) from 1998 to 2008. Prior to joining Tribune Company, Mr. KenneyABN AMRO Inc., The Chicago Corporation and Mesirow Financial. He was a corporate attorney at Schiff, Hardin & Waite.market maker on the Chicago Board Options Exchange from 1988 through 1994. Mr. KenneyRicketts has served on a variety of boards, including Marquee Sports Network, NBC Sports Chicago, The Television Food Network, MLB’s Long Term Strategic Planning Committee, Winona Capital Management (a Chicago-based private equity firm),an MBA in Finance and an AB in Economics from the University of Notre Dame Student Advisory Council.

Chicago. We believe Mr. Ricketts’ business experience and experience as a director on the boards of other companies qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Brett Varsov.
Mr. Varsov has served as a member of the board of directors of Enjoy since October 2021. He previously served as MRAC’s
Co-Chief
Executive Officer of the Company sincefrom October 2020 to October 2021 and has spent his career in the media and technology industries. HeMr. Varsov has been a Partner and Head of M&A at The Raine Group LLC (“Raine”) since January 2016, where he is responsible for the firm’s global Mergers and Acquisitions
105

practice and works closely with all of the firm’s partners and sector heads on advisory and investing transactions across the firm’s businesses. Prior to this, he was a Managing Director at Raine from April 2012 to December 2015. At Raine, and during his career, Mr. Varsov has initiated and executed mergers and acquisitions, strategic advisory assignments, investments and financing transactions for many of the world’s leading and emerging media and technology companies. He has also worked on multiple successful SPAC transactions as an advisor to and investor in target companies that have gone public via SPAC merger. Prior to joining Raine, he was in the Technology, Media and Telecom and Mergers and Acquisitions groups at Goldman Sachs where he focused on media and technology companies and worked on public and private M&A, initial public offerings and other strategic and financial advisory transactions. Prior to this, Mr. Varsov worked in the Media and Telecom group at Citigroup within the Investment Banking division. Previously, he acted as director of business development for Digital Club Network (an early digital music venture), founded and published a regional newspaper, and worked in the marketing group of Miller Publishing. Mr. Varsov is on the board of directors of Reigning Champs Experiences, a Raine portfolio company. He has a B.A.BA from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A.MBA from Columbia Business School.

Alexander D. Sugarman has served as Executive Vice President of the Company since October 2020. We believe that Mr. Sugarman has served as Executive Vice President, Business Operations and Chief Strategy Officer of the Cubs since February 2018. Mr. Sugarman has been with the Cubs since 2010, serving in a variety of roles including Senior Vice President, Strategy and Development from January 2015 to June 2015 and Senior Vice President, Strategy and Ballpark Operations from June 2015 to February 2018. Prior to joining the Cubs, Mr. Sugarman served as an associate with GSP from 2006 to 2009. Prior to his time at GSP, Mr. Sugarman was a financial analyst for the National Hockey League.

Joseph Beyrouty has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since October 2020. He has served as the Chief Financial Officer—Management Company at Raine since July 2013. In that role, Mr. Beyrouty oversees accounting, tax and financial reporting for Raine. Prior to joining Raine, he was a Vice President at Moelis & Company Holdings LP, a global investment bank, where he was responsible for overseeing US-based accounting operations. He has also worked at FTI Consulting, providing turnaround and restructuring advice to unsecured creditor committees, Deloitte & Touche LLP, as an auditor and Value Line, Inc., as an equity research analyst. Mr. Beyrouty has a B.B.A. from Emory University and an M.S. in Accountancy from CUNY–Baruch College. He is also a Certified Public Accountant in New York.

Evan Ellsworth has served as Vice President of the Company since October 2020 and has been a Vice President at Raine since June 2020. Prior to joining Raine, Mr. Ellsworth was a member of the Real Estate, Gaming and Lodging and Financial Sponsors groups within Credit Suisse’s Investment Banking and Capital Markets division, where he worked on a variety of M&A and financing transactions across a range of industries on behalf of public and private corporate clients and financial sponsors. He began his career as an active duty officerVarsov’s extensive experience in the United States Army. Mr. Ellsworth has a B.A. from Wheaton Collegetechnology, media and an M.B.A. from the UCLA Anderson School of Management.

Jason Sondag has served as Vice President of the Company since October 2020. Mr. Sondag has served as Vice President, Strategytelecommunications industries and Development of the Cubs since December 2019 and is responsible for driving the strategic planning efforts for the organization, incubating new businesses, and managing external investment opportunities. Other positions Mr. Sondag has held with the Cubs include Director, Strategy and Development from January 2015 to August 2016 and Senior Director, Strategy and Development from August 2016 to December 2019. Prior to joining the Cubs, Mr. Sondag served as an Associate in the Special Situations Group at American Capital from 2007 to 2009. Prior to that he was an investment banking analyst in the financial restructuring group at Houlihan Lokey, Inc. from 2005 to 2007.

Thomas Ricketts is our co-Chairman and Director since October 2020. He has served as the Executive Chairman of the Cubs since 2009. He also serves as the Chairman of Incapital. Mr. Ricketts currently serves on the boards of Meijer, Inc., Choose Chicago, The Field Museum, The Executive’s Club of Chicago, and The Wood Family Foundation. He was also a founding Director of the Bond Dealers of America. Mr. Ricketts has also been a Director at Ameritrade and, subsequently, TD Ameritrade. Prior to starting Incapital, Mr. Ricketts worked at ABN AMRO Inc., The Chicago Corporation and Mesirow Financial. He was a market maker on the Chicago Board Options Exchange from 1988 through 1994. Mr. Rickettshis vast business experience and experience as a director on the boards of other companies makequalify him well-qualified to serve as a member of our Board.

Brandon Gardner is our co-Chairman and Director since October 2020. Mr. Gardner is Co-Founder and Partner of The Raine Group, and serves as the firm’s President and Chief Operating Officer. He is a member of The Raine Group’s investment committee and is active across all aspects of The Raine Group’s business, overseeing the growth of the firm from inception to over $3 billion in assets, with six offices and over 130 employees. Prior to The Raine Group, Mr. Gardner was part of the founding team and the senior operating officer of Serengeti, a multi-strategy investment advisor based in New York City with in excess of $1 billion in assets under management. During his tenure at Serengeti, Mr. Gardner was an active member of the investment team, managing sector- and strategy-specific portfolios. Prior to launching Serengeti in 2007, he was a practicing attorney at Cleary Gottlieb from 1999 to 2007. While at Cleary Gottlieb, Mr. Gardner gained significant experience in complex mergers and acquisitions and structured securities transactions and financing arrangements, representing and advising a wide variety of investment banking and corporate clients. He is on the board of directors of Foursquare, Moonbug Entertainment, Imagine, Thrill One, Reigning Champs and Olo, all portfolio companies of The Raine Group. Mr. Gardner has a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. from The Wharton School and a J.D. from Columbia University, where he was a Harlan Fiske Stone Scholar. Mr. Gardner’s extensive industry experience and experience serving on the boards of several companies make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our Board.

Thomas Freston has served on our board of directors since December 14, 2020. He is a Principal of Firefly3, an investment and consultancy firm focusing on the media and entertainment industries. Mr. Freston has also been a senior advisor to Raine since 2015. He is the former Chief Executive Officer of Viacom, where he also served as Chief Operating Officer. For seventeen years, Mr. Freston was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of MTV Networks Inc., MTV Inc., Nickelodeon International Ltd., VH1, Comedy Central and other networks. Prior to that Mr. Freston ran a textile business in Afghanistan and India. Currently, he is Board Chairman of the ONE Campaign, an advocacy organization to fight extreme poverty, and serves on the boards of DreamWorks Animation, Moby Media in Afghanistan, Vice in New York, a company in which an investment fund managed by Raine is invested, and is also a Trustee of The Asia Society. Mr. Freston’s business experience and experience as a director on the boards of other companies make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Matthew Maloney

Denise Young Smith.
Ms. Young Smith has served on our board of directors since December 14, 2020. He is founder and Chief Executive Officer of Grubhub, a leading online and mobile food-ordering and delivery marketplace with the largest and most comprehensive network of restaurant partners. Under Mr. Maloney’s leadership, Grubhub has grown its active diner network to more than 27 million users who can order from more than 300,000 takeout restaurants in over 4,000 cities. He led the company through five rounds of investment funding, a 2013 merger with Seamless North American LLC and a 2014 initial public offering. Mr. Maloney currently serves as an advisory board member for The University of Chicago Booth School of Business Polsky Center for Entrepreneurship and a member of ChicagoNEXT, an organization dedicated to driving growth and opportunity in the Chicago business community. He also serves on the board of directors of the MuseumEnjoy since October 2021. Previously, Ms. Young Smith served as an Executive in Residence at Cornell Tech (Cornell University’s graduate school tech campus in Manhattan) from January 2018 through May 2021, and concurrently at Colorado College from April 2018 to March 2019. From 1997 to December 2017, Ms. Young Smith served in a variety of Sciencehuman resources leadership roles at Apple Inc., most recently as Vice President, Worldwide Talent and Industry in Chicago. He was named oneHuman Resources from December 2014 to May 2017. From May 2017 to December 2017 she served as Apple’s first Vice President of America’s most powerful CEOs 40Inclusion and under in Forbes Magazine in 2016 and oneDiversity. She also serves as a member of the top 50 business peopleboard of 2014 by Fortune Magazine. Hedirectors of various
non-profits
and private companies. Ms. Young Smith holds a bachelor’s degreeBA from MichiganGrambling State University and two master’s degrees, includingUniversity. We believe Ms. Young Smith’s extensive experience as an M.B.A., from the University of Chicago. Mr. Maloney’s business experienceexecutive and experience as a director onin the boards of other companies make him well-qualifiedretail industry qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Assia Grazioli-Venier

Salaam Coleman Smith.
Ms. Coleman Smith has served on our boardas a member of directors since December 14, 2020. In 2016, Ms. Grazioli-Venier launched Muse Capital with her business partner Rachel Springate. Muse Capital is a seed-stage consumer fund investing in Future of Motherhood/Parenting, Education, Telehealth & Wellness, Gaming, Fintech, and Product-lead Communities. Prior to Muse Capital, Ms. Grazioli-Venier also served on the board of advisors of Northzone, one of Europe’s leading technology investment partnerships whose portfolio includes Spotify and iZettle, sold to PayPal in 2018. For several years an innovation investment advisor to Andrea Agnelli at LAMSE, S.p.a. Starting in 2010, Ms. Grazioli-Venier was advisor to Spotify (NYSE: SPOT) for over five years, where she was involved in global strategic initiatives and business expansion efforts, such as forging deals with Tinder, Dubset, helping to establish the Los Angeles office, as well as building out the artist services division across Europe, that contributed to Spotify’s growth and innovation. Ms. Grazioli-Venier kicked-off her career in 2004, creating and launching TV, Radio & Digital for Ministry of Sound, one of the leading dance music brands/record labels in Europe, which later sold to Warner Music. Ms. Grazioli-Venier also currently serves on the board of directors of Italy’s Juventus Football Club (JVTSF).Enjoy since October 2021. Previously, Ms. Grazioli-Venier also servesColeman Smith served as co-chairan Executive Vice President at The Walt Disney Company’s Disney ABC Television Group, from July 2014 to October 2016, overseeing Strategy and Programming for ABC Family and Freeform television channels. She served in a variety of AllRaisesenior executive roles at Comcast NBC Universal from 2003 to 2014, including as President of Style network from 2008 to 2013. Previously, Ms. Coleman Smith served as an executive at Viacom from 1993 to 2002, including serving as a senior executive within MTV Networks International Division and helping Nickelodeon’s global expansion in Los Angeles, which isEurope, Asia, and Latin America. She has served as a non-profit organization championing diversity in the funder and founder ecosystem, and sits onmember of the board of Impact46,directors of Pinterest, Inc. since October 2020 and The Gap, Inc. (for which she also serves on the Compensation Committee) since March 2021. Ms. Coleman Smith holds a social impact advisory firm catering to family office foundations.B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Stanford University. We believe Ms. Grazioli-Venier’s businessColeman Smith’s extensive experience as an executive and experience as a director onin the boards of other companies makemedia industry qualify her well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Number

Gideon Yu.
Mr. Yu has served as a member of the board of directors of Enjoy since October 2021 and Termsas a member of Officethe board of Officers directors of Legacy Enjoy from 2017 to October 2021. Mr. Yu is the
Co-Owner
and former President of the San Francisco 49ers. Previously, from 2007 to 2009, Mr. Yu was the Chief Financial Officer of Facebook, and from 2006 to 2007 Mr. Yu was the Chief Financial Officer of YouTube. Mr. Yu was also a General Partner at Khosla Ventures, a venture capital firm focused on early-stage technology companies, where he led the firm’s investment in Square Inc. and was its first outside board member. From 2002 to 2006, Mr. Yu was also the Treasurer and Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance for Yahoo! Inc. Currently, Mr. Yu serves on the boards of Hanmi Financial Corporation and Razer Inc. Mr. Yu earned his BS in Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management from Stanford University, and his MBA from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Yu’s extensive experience as an executive and prior service as a director of Enjoy qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.
106

Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Corporate Governance
Composition of the Board of Directors

Our Board

When considering whether directors and director nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable Enjoy’s board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of its business and structure, the board of directors expects to focus primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above in order to provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of its business.
Director Independence
The board of directors has determined that each the directors on the board of directors other than Ron Johnson and Jonathan Mariner will qualify as independent directors, as defined under the listing standards and rules of Nasdaq (“Nasdaq Listing Rules”), and the board of directors consists of five members.a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the Nasdaq Listing Rules relating to director independence requirements. In addition, we are subject to the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq relating to the membership, qualifications and operations of the audit committee, as discussed below.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors directs the management of its business and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its business through meetings of the board of directors and standing committees. Our Company has a standing audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates under a written charter. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when the board deems it necessary or advisable to address specific issues. Current copies of our committee charters are posted on our website, https://www.enjoy.com/investors, as required by applicable SEC and the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The information on or available through any of such website is not deemed incorporated in this Report and does not form part of this Report.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of Gideon Yu, Fred Harman and Denise Young Smith, with Gideon Yu serving as the chair of the committee. The board of directors has determined that each of these individuals meet the independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as amended, Rule
10A-3
under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with Nasdaq audit committee requirements. In making this determination, the board of directors examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their prior and/or current employment.
We have determined that Gideon Yu qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making this determination, the board of directors considered Gideon Yu’s formal education and previous and current experience in financial and accounting roles. Both the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically will meet privately with the audit committee.
107

The audit committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;
discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management;
reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit;
pre-approving
all audit and permissible
non-audit
services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;
overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC;
reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and
establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters.
We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee will meet the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq listing standards.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Thomas Ricketts and Denise Young Smith, with Denise Young Smith serving as the chair of the committee. Thomas Ricketts and Denise Young Smith are
non-employee
directors, as defined in Rule
16b-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act. The board of directors has determined that Thomas Ricketts and Denise Young Smith are “independent” as defined under the applicable Nasdaq Listing Rules, including the standards specific to members of a compensation committee. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officers, evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of these goals and objectives and setting or making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;
reviewing and setting or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation of other executive officers;
making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation of our directors;
reviewing and approving or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding our incentive compensation and equity-based plans and arrangements; and
appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants.
We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee meet the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq Listing Rules.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Fred Harman, Salaam Coleman Smith and Brett Varsov, with Salaam Coleman Smith serving as the chair of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of these individuals is “independent” as defined under the applicable Nasdaq Listing Rules.
108

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;
recommending to our board of directors the nominees for election to our board of directors at annual meetings of our stockholders;
overseeing an evaluation of our board of directors and its committees; and
developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines.
We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq Listing Rules. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Our Code of Conduct applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Conduct is available on our website, https://www.enjoy.com/investors. We intend to make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our Code of Conduct on our website rather than by filing a Current Report on Form
8-K.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation.
Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2021 were:
Ron Johnson,
Co-Founder
and Chief Executive Officer
Fareed Khan, Chief Financial Officer
Jonathan Mariner, Chief Administrative Officer
Tiffany N. Meriweather, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary
2021 Summary Compensation Table
The table below shows compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Name and Principal Position
 
Year
  
Salary
($)
  
Bonus
($)
  
Stock
Awards
($)
(1)
  
Option
Awards
($)
(1)
  
Non-Equity

Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
  
All Other
Compensation
($)
  
Total
($)
 
Ron Johnson
  2021   57,600   —     —     —     —     —     —     57,600 
Chief Executive Officer
�� 2020   49,920   —     —     —     —     —     —     49,920 
          
Jonathan Mariner
  2021   600,000   —     5,162,808   1,878,261   —     —     60,000(2)   7,701,069 
Chief Administrative Officer
  2020   32,308   —     —     —     —     —     4,615(2)   36,923 
          
Fareed Khan
  2021   361,539   —     5,162,808   1,887,970   —     —     —     7,412,317 
Chief Financial Officer
  2020   —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —   
          
Tiffany N. Meriweather
  2021   250,000   80,356(3)   4,354,130   1,871,812   —     —     —     6,556,299 
Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary
  2020   —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —   
(1)
Amounts reported in this column do not reflect the amounts actually received by our named executive officers. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each award granted to the named executive officers during
109

2021, as computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 718 using the assumptions described in Note 2 to Enjoy’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 included elsewhere in this Report under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.
(2)
Beginning with the commencement of his employment in December 2020, Mr. Mariner has received a stipend of $5,000 per month, split evenly over each pay period.
(3)
Ms. Meriweather received a
one-time
bonus in connection with the commencement of her employment.
Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2021
The table below shows the outstanding equity incentive plan awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2021. 
   
Option Awards
   
Stock Awards
 
Name
  
Grant
Date
  
Number of
securities
underlying
un-exercised

options (#)
exercisable
   
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
un-exercisable
   
Option
exercise
price
($)
   
Option
expiration
date
   
Number
of shares
or units
of stock
that have
not
vested
(#)
   
Market
value of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested ($)
(1)
 
Ron Johnson
   —     —      —      —      —      —      —   
Jonathan Mariner
   2/18/21(2)   103,365    310,102    8.31    2/18/2031    —      —   
    6/30/21(3)   —      —      —           143,649    663,658 
    12/23/21(4)   —      —      —      —      531,166    2,453,987 
Fareed Khan
   2/18/21(5)   —      413,467    8.31    2/18/2031    —      —   
    6/30/21(6)   —      —      —      —      191,532    884,878 
    12/23/21(7)   —      —      —      —      531,166    2,453,987 
Tiffany N. Meriweather
   6/30/21(8)   —      344,555    10.02    6/30/2031    —      —   
    6/30/21(9)   —      —      —      —      184,523    852,496 
    12/23/21(10)   —      —      —      —      546,989    2,527,089 
(1)
The amounts in this column were determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2021 of $4.62.
(2)
Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the stock option vested on December 1, 2021, the first anniversary of the vesting start date, and the remaining amount vests in equal monthly installments and will be fully vested on December 1, 2024, the fourth anniversary of the vesting start date, subject to continuous service through each vesting date.
(3)
Twenty-five percent of the restricted stock units (“RSUs”) vested on December 1, 2021, with the remaining RSUs vesting in equal installments of 1/16th of the total number of RSUs quarterly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date.
(4)
Twenty-five percent of the RSUs vested on December 10, 2021, with the remaining RSUs vesting in equal installments of 1/16th of total number of RSUs quarterly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date.
(5)
Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the stock option shall vest on January 25, 2022, the first anniversary of the vesting start date, and the remaining balance vests in equal monthly installments and will be fully vested on January 25, 2025, the fourth anniversary of the vesting start date, subject to continuous service through each vesting date.
(6)
Twenty-five percent of the RSUs shall vest on January 25, 2022, with the remaining RSUs vesting in equal installments of 1/16th of the total number of RSUs quarterly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date.
(7)
Twenty-five percent of the RSUs vested on December 10, 2021, with the remaining RSUs vesting in equal installments of 1/16th of the total number of RSUs quarterly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date.
110

(8)
Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the stock option shall vest on April 26, 2022, the first anniversary of the vesting start date, and the remaining balance vests in equal monthly installments and will be fully vested on April 26, 2025, the fourth anniversary of the vesting start date, subject to continuous service through each vesting date. 
(9)
Twenty-five percent of the RSUs shall vest on April 26, 2022, with the remaining RSUs vesting in equal installments of 1/16th of the total number of RSUs quarterly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date.
(10)
Twenty-five percent of the RSUs shall vest on June 10, 2022, with the remaining RSUs vesting in equal installments of 1/16th of the total number of RSUs quarterly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date.
Agreements with Named Executive Officers
Ron Johnson, Fareed Khan, Jonathan Mariner and Tiffany N. Meriweather are each currently party to offer letters setting forth their terms of employment as of the date of their respective offer letters, including title, salary, initial equity grant and severance provisions, as set forth below.
Ron Johnson Continuing Offer Letter
In October 2021, the Company entered into a continued employment offer letter with Ron Johnson which replaced his prior offer letter (the “Johnson Continuing Letter”). Under the Johnson Continuing Letter, Mr. Johnson’s employment is
at-will
and may be terminated by either party at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. The Johnson Continuing Letter provides for an initial annual base salary of $58,240 per year, less applicable payroll deductions and withholdings, which will increase to $62,400 per year, less applicable payroll deductions and withholdings, effective January 1, 2022. Should the Company adopt a written bonus plan applicable to executives, Mr. Johnson will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to its terms. Mr. Johnson was not offered any new equity awards in connection with the Johnson Continuing Letter.
The Johnson Continuing Letter also provides for severance and other benefits in the event Mr. Johnson’s employment is terminated without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability) or he resigns for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in the Johnson Continuing Letter), (such termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason, a “Qualifying Termination”). If Mr. Johnson incurs a Qualifying Termination, he is entitled to severance benefits equal to twelve months of his then-current base salary and twelve months of company-paid health care coverage. In the event that the Company adopts a formal severance plan in which Mr. Johnson is eligible to participate, he will only be eligible to receive the more beneficial of the severance terms of said severance plan or the severance provisions provided in the Johnson Continuing Letter. If Mr. Johnson incurs a Qualifying Termination within twelve months following the closing of a Change of Control (as defined in the Johnson Continuing Letter), then in addition to the benefits described above in this paragraph, Mr. Johnson is entitled to receive 100% vesting acceleration on all outstanding options and restricted stock units granted under the 2014 Plan.
Payment of all severance and vesting acceleration is contingent upon signing a release of claims and other customary provisions. Mr. Johnson’s salary and other compensation is subject to review and adjustment by the board of directors in its sole discretion and he is also eligible to participate in benefit plans and arrangements made available to executive level employees.
Fareed Khan Offer Letter
In October 2021, the Company entered into a continued employment offer letter with Fareed Khan that replaced his prior offer letter (the “Khan Continuing Letter”). Under the Khan Continuing Letter, Mr. Khan’s employment is
at-will
and may be terminated by either party at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. The Khan Continuing Letter provides for an initial annual base salary of $400,000 per year. Should the Company adopt a
111

written bonus plan applicable to executives, Mr. Khan will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to its terms. The Khan Continuing Letter recommends a grant of restricted stock units pursuant to the 2021 Plan with a value of $4,084,670, to vest incrementally over four years and with the same vesting acceleration provisions as provided in the paragraph immediately below with respect to awards granted under the 2014 Plan.    
The Khan Continuing Letter also provides for severance and other benefits in the event Mr. Khan’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability) or he resigns for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in the Khan Continuing Letter) (such termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason, a “Qualifying Termination”). If Mr. Khan incurs a Qualifying Termination, he is entitled to severance benefits equal to twelve months of his then-current base salary and twelve months of company-paid COBRA coverage. In the event that the Company adopts a formal severance plan in which Mr. Khan is eligible to participate, he will only be eligible to receive the more beneficial of the severance terms of said severance plan or the severance provisions provided in the Khan Continuing Letter. If Mr. Khan incurs a Qualifying Termination within twelve months following the closing of a Change of Control (as defined in the Khan Continuing Letter), then in addition to the benefits described above in this paragraph, Mr. Khan is entitled to receive 100% vesting acceleration on all outstanding options and restricted stock units granted under the 2014 Plan.
Payment of all severance and vesting acceleration are contingent upon Mr. Khan signing a general release of all claims in favor of and in a form acceptable to the Company, and other customary provisions. Mr. Khan’s salary and other compensation is subject to review and adjustment by the board of directors in its sole discretion and he is also eligible to participate in benefit plans and arrangements made available to executive level employees.
Jonathan Mariner Offer Letter
In October 2021, the Company entered into a continued employment offer letter with Jonathan Mariner that replaced his prior offer letter (the “Mariner Continuing Letter”). Under the Mariner Continuing Letter, Mr. Mariner’s employment is
at-will
and may be terminated by either party at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. The Mariner Continuing Letter provides for an initial annual base salary of $600,000 per year. Should the Company adopt a written bonus plan applicable to executives, Mr. Mariner will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to its terms. The Mariner Continuing Letter recommends a grant of restricted stock units pursuant to the 2021 Plan with a value of $4,084,670, to vest incrementally over four years and with 100% of the award vesting in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Mariner Continuing Letter). The Mariner Continuing Letter also provides that the Company will provide Mr. Mariner a monthly housing stipend of $5,000, less applicable payroll deductions and withholding, in accordance with the Company’s standard policies.
The Mariner Continuing Letter provides that upon the closing of a Change in Control, as defined in the 2014 Plan, all options and RSUs held by Mr. Mariner that were granted under the 2014 Plan shall immediately accelerate and vest in full upon the closing of such Change in Control.
The Mariner Continuing Letter provides for severance and other benefits in the event Mr. Mariner’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability) or he resigns for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in the Mariner Continuing Letter) (such termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason, a “Qualifying Termination”). If Mr. Mariner incurs a Qualifying Termination, he is entitled to severance benefits equal to twelve months of his then-current base salary and twelve months of company-paid COBRA coverage. In the event that the Company adopts a formal severance plan in which Mr. Mariner is eligible to participate, he will only be eligible to receive the more beneficial of the severance terms of said severance plan or the severance provisions provided in the Mariner Continuing Letter. Upon closing of the Transactions, Mr. Mariner became entitled to additional vesting acceleration such that if he now incurs a Qualifying Termination, 100% of his outstanding options and RSUs granted under the 2014 Plan will vest on the date of the separation of service.
112

Payment of all severance and vesting acceleration in connection with a Qualifying Termination are contingent upon Mr. Mariner signing a general release of claims in favor of and in a form acceptable to the Company, and other customary provisions. Mr. Mariner’s salary and other compensation is subject to review and adjustment by the board of directors in its sole discretion and he is also eligible to participate in benefit plans and arrangements made available to executive level employees.
Tiffany N. Meriweather Offer Letter
In October 2021, the Company entered into a continued employment offer letter with Tiffany N. Meriweather that replaced her prior offer letter (the “Meriweather Continuing Letter”). Under the Meriweather Continuing Letter, Ms. Meriweather’s employment is
at-will
and may be terminated by either party at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. The Meriweather Continuing Letter provides for an initial annual base salary of $400,000 per year. Should the Company adopt a written bonus plan applicable to executives, Ms. Meriweather will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to its terms. The Meriweather Continuing Letter recommends a grant of restricted stock units pursuant to the 2021 Plan with a value of $3,154,760, to vest incrementally over four years and with the same vesting acceleration provisions as provided in the paragraph immediately below with respect to awards granted under the 2014 Plan.
The Meriweather Continuing Letter also provides for severance and other benefits in the event Ms. Meriweather’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph) or she resigns for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in the Meriweather Continuing Letter) (such termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason, a “Qualifying Termination”). If Ms. Meriweather incurs a Qualifying Termination at any time, she is entitled to severance benefits equal to twelve months of her then-current base salary and twelve months of company-paid COBRA coverage. In the event that the Company adopts a formal severance plan in which Ms. Meriweather is eligible to participate, she will only be eligible to receive the more beneficial of the severance terms set forth in the severance plan or the Meriweather Continuing Letter. If Ms. Meriweather incurs a Qualifying Termination at any time and a bonus plan applicable to her is in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination, she will receive any unpaid annual bonus from the prior year which would have been paid had she remained employed through the payment date (the “Prior Year Bonus”) as well as a
pro-rata
portion of the annual bonus for the year in which the employment termination occurs. In addition, the Meriweather Continuing Letter provides 100% vesting acceleration of all outstanding option and RSU awards under the 2014 Plan in the event of a Qualifying Termination (the “Meriweather Vesting Acceleration”). If Ms. Meriweather incurs a separation of service due to death or disability, she (or her designee) shall be entitled to the Prior Year Bonus and the Meriweather Vesting Acceleration. Ms. Meriweather received a $45,000 signing payment in connection with the connection with her commencement of employment that is subject to recoupment on a pro rata basis if she does not remain in employment for at least twelve (12) months; however, the amount will not be subject to recoupment if her employment terminates in connection with a Qualifying Termination.    
Payment of all severance and the Meriweather Vesting Acceleration are contingent upon Ms. Meriweather signing a general release of claims in favor of and in a form acceptable to the Company, and other customary provisions. Ms. Meriweather’s salary and other compensation is subject to review and adjustment by the board of directors in its sole discretion and she is also eligible to participate in benefit plans and arrangements made available to executive level employees.
Non-Employee
Director Compensation
In connection with the consummation of the Transactions, our board of directors adopted a
non-employee
director compensation policy, pursuant to which each
non-employee
director is entitled to a $75,000 annual cash retainer and the lead independent director is entitled to an additional $20,000. In addition, the chair of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be entitled to an annual cash retainer of $15,000, $12,500, and $10,000, respectively. In addition to the cash compensation,
113

each
non-employee
director will also receive a
one-time
initial grant of restricted stock units with a grant date value of $200,000, to vest in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date, and an annual grant of restricted stock units with a grant date value of $125,000, which will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date. Each restricted stock unit award described above is subject to the applicable director continuing to serve on our board of directors through the vesting date.
2021 Director Compensation Table
The following table contains information concerning the compensation of our
non-employee
directors in fiscal year 2021.
Name
  
Fees Earned

or Paid in
Cash ($)
   
Stock

Awards
($)
(1)
   
Total
($)
 
Fred Harman
   15,897    158,821    174,717 
Thomas Ricketts
   15,897    158,821    174,717 
Brett Varsov
   15,897    158,821    174,717 
Salaam Coleman Smith
   18,016    158,821    176,837 
Denise Young Smith
   18,546    158,821    177,367 
Gideon Yu
   23,315    158,821    182,136 
(1)
Amounts listed represent the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted during the year referenced, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the director. As of December 31, 2021, each of Fred Harman, Thomas Ricketts, Brett Varsov, Salaam Coleman Smith, Denise Young Smith and Gideon Yu had outstanding stock awards with respect to 34,677 shares.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our voting shares by:
each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting shares;
each of our named executive officers and directors; and
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of March 21, 2022 or issuable pursuant to restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that vest within 60 days of March 21, 2022.
114

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities beneficially owned by them.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
(1)
  
Number of
Shares
   
% of
Ownership
 
5% or Greater Stockholders:
    
Entities affiliated with King Street Capital Management, L.P.
(2)
   6,888,903    5.7
Entities affiliated with Riverwood Capital
(3)
   6,313,795    5.3
LCH Enjoir L.P.
(4)
   16,615,259    13.8
Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP
(5)
   15,585,417    13.0
SCP Venture Fund I, L.P.
(6)
   9,248,980    7.7
Executive Officers and Directors:
    
Fred Harman
(7)
   5,264,509    4.4
Ron Johnson
(8)
   19,615,172    16.3
Fareed Khan
(9)
   434,867        
Jonathan Mariner
(10)
   472,020        
Tiffany N. Meriweather
(11)
   148,141        
Thomas Ricketts
   —      —   
Salaam Coleman Smith
   —      —   
Denise Young Smith
   —      —   
Brett Varsov
   —      —   
Gideon Yu
(12)
   137,822        
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 individuals)
(13)
   26,072,521    21.7
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
*
Less than one percent
(1)
Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Enjoy Technology, Inc. 3240 Hillview Ave, Palo Alto, CA 94304.
(2)
Based on a Schedule 13G filed on February 11, 2022 by King Street Capital Management, L.P. (“KSCM”), King Street Capital Management GP, L.L.C. (“KSCM GP”) and Brian J. Higgins, as of December 31, 2021, KSCM may be deemed to have beneficially owned, and to share voting and dispositive power over, a total of 6,888,903 shares of common stock and KSCM GP and Mr. Higgins may be deemed to have beneficially owned, and to share voting and dispositive power over, the common stock that may be deemed to have been beneficially owned by KSCM. The business address of KSCM, KSCM GP and Mr. Higgins is 299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor New York, NY 10171.
(3)
Based on a Schedule 13G filed on February 15, 2022 by Riverwood Capital GP II Ltd. (“Riverwood GP”), Riverwood Capital II L.P. (“Riverwood LP”), Riverwood Capital Partners II L.P. (“RCP”) and Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel—B) L.P. (“RCP Parallel – B”), (i) RCP held 5,004,339 shares of common stock directly, (ii) RCP Parallel—B held 1,309,456 shares of common stock directly (together with RCP, “Riverwood Capital”) and (iii) Riverwood LP and Riverwood GP may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over, and be deemed to be indirect beneficial owners of the common stock directly held by Riverwood Capital. The business address of Riverwood GP, Riverwood LP, RCP and RCP Parallel-B is 70 Willow Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(4)
LCH Partners GP L.P. is the general partner of LCH Enjoir L.P. (“LCH”) and LCH Partners Limited is the general partner of LCH Partners GP L.P. The management of LCH Partners Limited is controlled by a board of directors. The address of the entities and individuals mentioned in this footnote is 599 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, CT 06830.
115

(5)Based on Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G filed on February 8, 2022 by Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP (“Sponsor”), Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor GP Ltd. (“Marquee Raine GP”), Raine Holdings AIV LLC (“Raine Holdings AIV”), Raine SPAC Holdings LLC (“Raine SPAC Holdings”), Raine RR SPAC SPV I LLC (“Raine RR SPAC SPV I”), Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC (“Ricketts SPAC Investment”) and Marquee Sports Holdings SPAC 1, LLC (“Marquee Sports Holdings”), Marquee Raine GP is the general partner of Sponsor. Raine Holdings AIV is the sole member of Raine SPAC Holdings, which, in turn, is the sole member of Raine RR SPAC SPV I, which owns a 50% interest in each of Marquee Raine GP and Sponsor. Ricketts SPAC Investment is the manager of Marquee Sports Holdings, which owns a 50% interest in each of Marquee Raine GP and Sponsor. Each of the Reporting Persons named in this Schedule 13G disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held directly or indirectly by such Reporting Persons, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests. The business address of each of the foregoing persons is 65 East 55th Street, 24th Floor New York, NY 10022.
(6)Based on a Schedule 13G filed on February 11, 2022 by Stamos Capital Partner, L.P. and Peter Stamos for beneficial ownership as of December 2021. SCP Venture GP I, LLC is the general partner of SCP Venture Fund I, L.P. (“SCP”), the sole member and manager of which is Stamos Capital Associates, LLC. The managing member of Stamos Capital Associates, LLC is Peter Stamos. As such, Mr. Stamos could be deemed to share voting control and investment power over shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by SCP. Mr. Stamos disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address for all entities and individuals affiliated with SCP is 2498 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(7)Mr. Harman, a director for the Company, is a managing partner of Oak Investment Partners XIII, Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (“Oak”), and, as such, may be deemed to possess shared beneficial ownership of any shares of common stock held by Oak. The business address for Oak is 901 Main Avenue, Suite 600, Norwalk, CT 06851. Mr. Harman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Oak except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in the shares.
(8)Consists of (i) 1,555,673 shares of common stock held by The Johnson 2011 Trust, as nominee for The Johnson 2011 Irrevocable Children’s Trust, of which Mr. Johnson is a co-trustee, and (ii) 18,059,499 shares of common stock.
(9)Consists of (i) 137,821 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 21, 2022, 120,593 of which were vested as of March 21, 2022 and (ii) 297,046 shares issuable pursuant to restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that will vest and settle within 60 days of March 21, 2022.
(10)Consists of (i) 20,602 shares of common stock held as of March 21, 2022,(ii) 146,435 shares subject to option exercisable within 60 days of March 21, 2022, 129,207 of which were vested as of March 21, 2022, and (iii) 304,983 shares issuable pursuant to RSUs that will vest and settle within 60 days of March 21, 2022.
(11)Consists of (i) 86,137 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 21, 2022, none of which were vested as of March 21, 2022 and (ii) 62,004 shares issuable pursuant to RSUs that will vest and settle within 60 days of March 21, 2022.
(12)Consists of 137,822 shares of New Enjoy common stock issuable to Mr. Yu pursuant to vested options exercisable within 60 days of March 21, 2022.
(13)Consists of 25,893,827 shares of common stock and 178,694 shares issuable pursuant to options or RSUs that will vest and settle within 60 days of March 21, 2022.
116

Securities Authorized For Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table presents information as of December 31, 2021 with respect to compensation plans or arrangements under which shares of our common stock may be issued.
Plan category
  
Number of
securities to
be issued
upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
   
Weighted-
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
   
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
(1)
   14,442,045   $—      10,487,870 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
   —     $—      —   
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
   14,442,045   $—      10,487,870 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(1)
Includes shares of our common stock under our 2021 Plan and the ESPP. For a description of these plans, refer to Note 12 to the financial statements included in this Report under “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2020 to which we or Legacy Enjoy have been a participant, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of (x) $120,000 or (y) 1% of the average of our total assets at December 31, 2020 and 2021, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest other than compensation and other arrangements that are described the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and
“Non-Employee
Director Compensation” under Item 11 of this Report. We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, former directors, executive officers and stockholders.
New Enjoy
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the closing of the Transactions, New Enjoy entered into the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 15, 2021, by and among New Enjoy, the Sponsor, the independent directors of MRAC, certain shareholders of Legacy Enjoy and certain of their respective affiliates (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which such stockholders of Registrable Securities (as defined therein), subject to certain conditions, will be entitled to registration rights. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, New Enjoy agreed that, within 45 business days after the closing of the Transactions, it would file with the SEC a registration statement registering the resale of such registrable securities, and New Enjoy would use its reasonable best efforts to have such registration statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof. Certain of such stockholders have been granted demand underwritten offering registration rights and all of such stockholders will be granted piggyback registration rights.
Backstop Agreements
In connection with the closing of the Transactions, certain investors, including (i) Ron Johnson, a member of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, and a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of capital stock and (ii) ET2 Investment LLC, which is affiliated with Thomas Ricketts, a member of our board of directors purchased, in the aggregate, 5,500,906 shares of New Enjoy common stock, for a purchase price of $10.00 per
117

share and an aggregate purchase price of approximately $55,009,060, pursuant to the Backstop Agreements. Pursuant to the Backstop Agreements, New Enjoy provided certain registration rights to the Backstop Investors with respect to the Backstop Shares.
Employment
Will Johnson, the son of Ron Johnson, chair of our board of directors, Chief Executive Officer, and a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of our common stock, is employed by the Company as Senior Manager, Operations. For the fiscal year 2021, he received cash compensation of $115,000 and equity awards with an aggregate grant date fair value of $32,855. For the fiscal year 2020, he received cash compensation of $59,231.
Legacy Enjoy
Series C Preferred Stock Financing
From April 2019 through March 2021, Legacy Enjoy sold an aggregate of 43,485,135 shares of the Legacy Enjoy Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of approximately $3.7944 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $165.0 million. The participants in the Legacy Enjoy Series C Preferred Stock financing included an entity affiliated with a member of Legacy Enjoy’s board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Legacy Enjoy Series C Preferred Stock from Legacy Enjoy by such related person:
Name
  
Shares of Series C
Preferred Stock
   
Total

Purchase Price
 
LCH Enjoir L.P.
(1)
   39,531,941   $149,999,997 
(1)
LCH Enjoir L.P (“Catterton”) currently holds more than 5% of our capital stock.
In connection with the Transactions, the Legacy Enjoy Series C Preferred Stock was converted into common stock of Legacy Enjoy (the “Legacy Enjoy Common Stock”). Holders of Legacy Enjoy Common Stock received shares of the Company’s common stock upon closing of the Transactions.
Series B Preferred Stock Financing
From July 2015 through January 2019, Legacy Enjoy sold an aggregate of 76,469,756 shares of the Legacy Enjoy Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of approximately $2.3788 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $181.9 million. The participants in the Legacy Enjoy Series B Preferred Stock financing included a member of Enjoy’s board of directors and entities affiliated with members of Enjoy’s board of directors. The following table summarizes purchases of Legacy Enjoy Series B Preferred Stock from Legacy Enjoy by such related persons:
Name
  
Shares of Series B

Preferred Stock
   
Total

Purchase Price
 
Ron Johnson
(1)
   2,101,900   $5,000,000 
Entities affiliated with Oak Investment Partners
(2)
   4,371,952   $10,399,999 
SCP Venture Fund I, L.P.
   11,875,737   $28,250,003 
(1)
Ron Johnson is our chief executive officer, a member of the Company’s board of directors and currently holds more than 5% of our capital stock.
(2)
Fred Harman is member of the Company’s board of directors and an affiliate of Oak Investment Partners XIII, Limited Partnership. Entities affiliated with Oak Investment Partners include Oak Investment Partners XIII, Limited Partnership.
In connection with the Transactions, the Legacy Enjoy Series B Preferred Stock was converted into Legacy Enjoy Common Stock. Holders of Legacy Enjoy Common Stock received shares of the Company’s common stock upon closing of the Transactions.
118

Investors’ Rights Agreement
Legacy Enjoy was party to an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019 (the “IRA”), as amended, which granted registration rights and information rights, among other things, to certain holders of Legacy Enjoy’s capital stock, including (i) entities affiliated with Catterton, and SCP Venture Fund I, L.P., each of which currently hold more than 5% of our Founder Shares willcapital stock (ii) Ron Johnson, a member of our board of directors, Enjoy’s chief executive officer, and a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of our capital stock and (iii) Oak Investment Partners XIII, which is affiliated with Fred Harman, a member of our board of directors. In connection with the Closing, the IRA was terminated.
Right of First Refusal
Pursuant to certain agreements with its stockholders, including the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and
Co-Sale
Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019 (the “ROFR Agreement”), Legacy Enjoy or its assignees have the right to appoint allpurchase shares of Legacy Enjoy’s capital stock, which certain stockholders propose to sell to other parties. Certain holders of Legacy Enjoy’s capital stock party to the ROFR Agreement, include (i) entities affiliated with Catterton, and SCP Venture Fund I, L.P., each of which currently hold more than 5% of our capital stock, and (ii) Ron Johnson, a member of Enjoy’s board of directors, Enjoy’s chief executive officer, and a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of our capital stock, and (iii) Oak Investment Partners XIII, which is affiliated with Fred Harman, a member of our board of directors. In connection with the Closing, the ROFR Agreement was terminated.
Voting Agreement
Legacy Enjoy was a party to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019 (the “Voting Agreement”), as amended, pursuant to which certain holders of Legacy Enjoy’s capital stock, including (i) entities affiliated with, Catterton, and SCP Venture Fund I, L.P., each of which currently hold more than 5% of our capital stock (ii) Ron Johnson, a member of our board of directors, Enjoy’s chief executive officer, and a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of our capital stock, and (iii) Oak Investment Partners XIII, which is affiliated with Fred Harman, a member of our board of directors, agreed to vote their shares of Enjoy’s capital stock in favor of certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. In connection with the Closing, the Voting Agreement was terminated.
Convertible Note Round 2020
In October 2020, Legacy Enjoy entered into a Note Purchase Agreement, as amended from time to time (the “2020 NPA”), with certain holders of Legacy Enjoy’s capital stock, including (i) entities affiliated with Catterton, and SCP Venture Fund I, L.P., each of which currently hold more than 5% of capital stock and (ii) Ron Johnson, a member of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, and a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of our capital stock, and (iii) Oak Investment Partners XIII, which is affiliated with Fred Harman, a member of our board of directors.
The facility allowed for note issuances in an aggregate principal amount of up to $70,000,000 through the sales of notes to parties to the 2020 NPA. Immediately prior to completionthe Closing, the notes issued under the 2020 NPA automatically converted into New Enjoy common stock at a conversion price equal to 90% of the value of Legacy Enjoy’s capital stock.
Convertible Note Round 2021
In April 2021, Legacy Enjoy entered into a Note Purchase Agreement (the “2021 NPA”), with certain holders of Legacy Enjoy’s capital stock, including (i) entities affiliated with SCP Venture Fund I, L.P., which currently holds more than 5% of our Business Combination and holderscapital stock, (ii) Ron Johnson, a member of our public shares will not have the right to vote on the appointmentboard of directors, during such time. These provisionsour chief executive officer, and a beneficial owner of greater than 5% of capital stock (iii) Oak Investment Partners XIII,
119

which is affiliated with Fred Harman, a member of our amended and restated memorandum and articlesboard of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90%directors, (iv) entities affiliated with King Street Capital management, L.P., which currently holds more than 5% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. In accordancecapital stock and (v) entities affiliated with the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. The term of office of eachRiverwood Capital, which currently holds more than 5% of our directors will expire at our second annual general meeting. We may not holdcapital stock.
The facility allowed for note issuances in an annual general meeting until after we complete our Business Combination. Subjectaggregate principal amount of up to any other special rights applicable$75,000,000 through the sales of notes to parties to the shareholders, any vacancies on our Board may be filled by2021 NPA. Immediately prior to the affirmative vote ofClosing, the notes issued under the 2021 NPA automatically converted into New Enjoy common stock at a majorityconversion price equal to 80% of the directors presentvalue of Legacy Enjoy’s capital stock.
Director and voting at the meetingOfficer Indemnification
New Enjoy’s certificate of our Board or by a majorityincorporation and bylaws provide for indemnification and advancement of the holders of our Founder Shares.

Our officers are appointed by the Board and serve at the discretion of the Board, rather thanexpenses for specific terms of office. Our Board is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that our officers may consist of a Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the Board. The service of certain of ourits directors and officers dependsto the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain limited exceptions. Legacy Enjoy entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors. These agreements were replaced with new indemnification agreements for each post-Closing director and officer of New Enjoy.

Catterton Transaction
To induce one of its stockholders, Catterton, to waive certain of its rights in connection with the Merger in its capacity as a Legacy Enjoy stockholder, Legacy Enjoy entered into the Stockholder Contribution Agreement and the Stock Issuance Agreement as set forth below. Pursuant to that certain Stockholder Contribution Agreement, by and between Legacy Enjoy and Ron Johnson, Mr. Johnson, immediately prior to Closing, forfeited a number of shares equal to $20.0 million of the post-Closing value of New Enjoy (“Contributed Shares”). Thereafter, as detailed in that certain Stock Issuance Agreement by and between Legacy Enjoy and Catterton, New Enjoy issued a number of shares equal to the Contributed Shares to Catterton.
MRAC
Sponsor Shares
On October 28, 2020, the Sponsor paid in the aggregate $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share, to cover certain of MRAC’s expenses in consideration of 10,062,500 sponsor shares, par value $0.0001. On November 10, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 718,750 sponsor shares to MRAC for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 9,343,750 sponsor shares outstanding. As a result of such surrender, the
per-share
purchase price increased to approximately $0.003 per share. The number of sponsor shares was determined based on the expectation that the sponsor shares would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon completion of MRAC’s initial public offering (assuming the Sponsor did not purchase any units in MRAC’s initial public offering). The per share price of the sponsor shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to MRAC by the aggregate number of sponsor shares issued. On December 11, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 sponsor shares to each of MRAC’s independent directors at their original purchase price.
In connection with the Transactions, 9,343,750 sponsor shares were converted, on a
one-for-one
basis, into shares of New Enjoy common stock.
Private Placement Warrants
Substantially concurrently with the consummation of MRAC’s initial public offering, MRAC completed the private sale of 6,316,667 MRAC private placement warrants at a purchase price of $1.50 per MRAC Private Placement Warrant, to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to MRAC of $9,475,000. The MRAC private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants sold as part on their continued engagementof the MRAC units in the initial public offering, except that the MRAC private placement warrants (i) may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled, (ii) are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (iii) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the
120

Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of MRAC’s initial business combination, and (iv) are entitled to registration rights. The sale of the MRAC private placement warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
In connection with us. See “Risk Factors—Our abilitythe Transactions, each of the 6,316,667 MRAC private placement warrants converted automatically into a warrant to successfully effect our Business Combinationacquire one share of common stock pursuant to the Warrant Agreement.
Related Party Loans
On October 28, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan MRAC an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to MRAC’s initial public offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan was
non-interest
bearing and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependentpayable upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our Business Combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.”

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our Board be independent. An “independent director” is generally defined under applicable Nasdaq and rules as a person other than an officer or employeecompletion of the Company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship whichinitial public offering. Through December 17, 2020, MRAC borrowed approximately $128,000 under the Note. MRAC repaid the Note in the opinionfull upon closing of the Board, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board has determined that Thomas Freston, Matthew Maloney and Assia Grazioli-Venier qualify as “independent directors” in accordance with the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only independent directors are present.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. initial public offering.

Administrative Support Agreement
Commencing on the effective date that our securities are first listed on Nasdaqof the prospectus filed in connection with MRAC’s initial public offering, MRAC agreed to reimburse the Sponsor for
out-of-pocket
expenses through the earlier of completion of our Business Combination and our liquidation, we will reimburse an affiliate of Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP for out-of-pocket expenses.the Transactions or MRAC’s liquidation. Office space and administrative support services provided to usMRAC by an affiliate of

Marquee Raine Acquisitionthe Sponsor LP will be provided to usMRAC free of charge.

In addition, our Sponsor or any of our existing executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, including Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC and Raine Securities LLC and other entities affiliated with Marquee and The Raine Group, will be paid a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation andwere reimbursed for any reasonable fees and
out-of-pocket
expenses related toincurred in connection with activities on MRAC’s behalf such as identifying investigating, negotiating and completing a Business Combinationpotential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made
Financial Advisor Fees Related to our Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to a Business Combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and completing a Business Combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind will be paid by the Company to our Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our Business Combination.

After the completion of our Business Combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed Business Combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed Business Combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the Board for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our Board.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the completion of our Business Combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our Business Combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the completion of our Business Combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential Business Combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Committees of the Board

Our Board has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of Nasdaq and SEC Rule 10A promulgated under the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors and the rules of Nasdaq require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

We established an audit committee of the Board. Thomas Freston, Matthew Maloney and Assia Grazioli-Venier serve as members of our audit committee. Our Board has determined that each of Thomas Freston, Matthew Maloney and Assia Grazioli-Venier is independent under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Thomas Freston serves as the chairman of the audit committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, all the directors on the audit committee must be independent. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our Board has determined that Thomas Freston qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The audit committee is responsible for:

meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;

Public Offering

monitoring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

appointing or replacing the independent registered public accounting firm;

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent registered public accounting firm regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

reviewing and approving all payments made to our existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our Board, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the Board. The Board believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The Board will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the Board considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Compensation Committee

We established a compensation committee of our Board. The members of our compensation committee are Thomas Freston, Matthew Maloney and Assia Grazioli-Venier, and Matthew Maloney serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our Board has determined that each of Thomas Freston, Matthew Maloney and Assia Grazioli-Venier is independent. We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Co-Chief Executive Officers’ compensation, evaluating our Co-Chief Executive Officers’ performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Co-Chief Executive Officers based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on 10-K. In addition, a copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the Company as a whole;

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the Company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the Company and the general knowledge skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including entities that are affiliates of our Sponsor, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our Business Combination.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties, contractual obligations or other material management relationships:

Individual

Entity

Entity’s

Business

Affiliation

Crane H. KenneyCubs(1)Professional SportsPrincipal Executive Officer
Hickory Street Capital(2)InvestmentPresident
Marquee 360SportsExecutive Vice President
Marquee Sports NetworkEntertainmentBoard of Managers
Brett VarsovThe Raine GroupInvestmentPartner
Reigning ChampsSportsDirector
Alexander D. SugarmanCubs(1)Professional SportsExecutive Vice President, Business Operations and Chief Strategy Officer
Hickory Street Capital(2)InvestmentVice President
Marquee 360EntertainmentVice President
Marquee Sports NetworkSportsBoard Observer
Joseph BeyroutyThe Raine GroupInvestmentChief Financial Officer—Management Company
Evan EllsworthThe Raine GroupInvestmentVice President
The International Theological SeminaryNon-ProfitDirector
Jason SondagCubs(1)Professional SportsVice President, Strategy and Development
Thomas RickettsCubs(1)Professional SportsExecutive Chairman

Choose ChicagoTourismDirector
Hickory Street Capital(2)InvestmentExecutive Vice President
IncapitalInvestmentChairman
Marquee 360EntertainmentPresident
Marquee Sports NetworkSportsBoard of Managers
Meijer, Inc.SupermarketDirector
The Field MuseumNon-ProfitDirector
The Executive Club of ChicagoNon-ProfitDirector
Wood Family FoundationNon-ProfitDirector
Brandon GardnerThe Raine GroupInvestmentPartner, Co-Founder, President and Chief Operating Officer
FoursquareTechnologyDirector
Moonbug EntertainmentMediaDirector
Imagine EntertainmentMediaDirector
Thrill OneSportsDirector
Reigning ChampsSportsDirector
OloMobile ApplicationDirector
Thomas FrestonFirefly3InvestmentPrincipal
ONE CampaignNon-ProfitBoard Chairman
DreamWorks AnimationMediaDirector
Moby MediaMediaDirector
ViceMediaDirector
The Asia SocietyNon-ProfitTrustee
Matthew MaloneyGrubhubTechnologyChief Executive Officer
Chicago Booth School of Business Polsky Center for EntrepreneurshipNon-ProfitDirector
Museum of Science and Industry, ChicagoNon-ProfitDirector
Assia Grazioli-VenierMuse CapitalInvestmentPartner, Co-Founder
Juventus Football ClubSportsDirector
AllRaiseNon-ProfitCo-Chair
Impact46InvestmentDirector

(1)

Includes Cubs and certain of its subsidiaries and other affiliates.

(2)

Includes Hickory Street Capital and certain of its subsidiaries and other affiliates.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

Crane H. Kenney, our Co-Chief Executive Officer, Alexander D. Sugarman, our Executive Vice President, Jason Sondag, our Vice President, and Thomas Ricketts, our co-Chairman and Director, are currently associated with affiliates of Marquee (although there is no assurance that any of them will remain associated with Marquee), which own and manage certain portfolio companies that make investments in securities or other interests of or relating to companies in industries we may target for our Business Combination. Marquee and its controlled or controlling affiliates manage proprietary capital, and make investments or raise additional funds and/or accounts in the future, including during the period in which we are seeking our Business Combination. As a result, Marquee, its affiliates, new funds or accounts or other related investment vehicles may be seeking acquisition opportunities and related financing at any time., which may result in potential conflicts of interest.

Brett Varsov, our Co-Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Beyrouty, our Chief Financial Officer, Evan Ellsworth, our Vice President and Brandon Gardner, our co-Chairman and Director, are currently associated with The Raine Group (although there is no assurance that any of them will remain associated with The Raine Group), which sponsors, manages and advises certain Raine interests that make, or may in the future make, investments in securities or other interests of or relating to companies or otherwise operate in industries we may target for our Business Combination. As a result, each of Mr. Varsov, Mr. Beyrouty, Mr. Ellsworth and Mr. Gardner has, and in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties, in addition to their obligations and duties as members of our management team, including as a result of their association with The Raine Group, which could result in potential conflicts of interest. All The Raine Group personnel are subject to firm-wide policies and procedures regarding confidential and proprietary information, information barriers, private investments, outside business activities and personal trading.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a Business Combination and their other businesses (including the activities of Marquee, The Raine Group or their respective affiliates). We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our Business Combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

Our Sponsor subscribed for Founder Shares prior to the date of this filing and purchased Private Placement Warrants in a transaction that closed simultaneously with the IPO Closing Date.

Our Sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and public shares in connection with (i) the completion of our Business Combination and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not completed a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date. Additionally, our Sponsor has agreed to waive its right to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if we do not complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame, the warrants will expire worthless. Except as described herein, our Sponsor and our independent directors have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earliest of (A) one year after the completion of our Business Combination or (B) subsequent to our Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of our Class A Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the completion of our Business Combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. The warrants will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our Business Combination. Because our Sponsor and independent directors will own Founder Shares, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our Business Combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular Business Combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors is included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our Business Combination.

Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC and Raine Securities LLC acted as ourMRAC’s independent financial advisors as defined under FINRA Rule 5110(j)(9), to provide independent financial consulting services, consisting of a review of deal structure and terms and related structuring advice in connection with the IPO,MRAC’s initial public offering, for which each of Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC and Raine Securities LLC received a fee of $1,121,250, which was paid upon the closing of MRAC’s initial public offering.

Advisory Arrangements Related to the Initial Public Offering. Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC andTransactions
In connection with the Closing, MRAC agreed to waive the placement fee payable to Raine Securities, LLC are engaged to represent our interests only and are independentan affiliate of the underwriter.

We may engage Marquee, TheSponsor, equal to 1.5% of the gross proceeds of the PIPE Investment actually received by MRAC. Raine Group or another affiliate of our Sponsor,Securities also served as aMRAC’s financial or other advisor or agent in connection with our Business Combination and may pay themthe Transactions.

MRAC paid Raine Advisors, an affiliate of the Sponsor, a customary financial advisory fee, agent fee or consulting fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard feeequal to $309,825 for comparable transactions. See “Risk Factor—We may engage Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC, Raine Securities LLC, or affiliates of our Sponsor, as our financial advisor or other advisor or agent on our Business Combinationsconsulting services, including support and other transactions. Any feeadvice to MRAC in connection with such engagement may be conditioned upon the completionexecution of such transactions. This financial interest in the completion of such transactions may influenceTransactions.
In connection with the advice provided.”

We are not prohibited from pursuing a Business Combination with a Business Combination target that is affiliated with Marquee, The Raine Group, our Sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders, or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our Business Combination with a Business Combination target that is affiliated with Marquee, The Raine Group, our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm that such Business Combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. Further, commencing on the date our securities are first listed on Nasdaq, we haveClosing, MRAC agreed to reimbursewaive the $309,825 fee payable to Marquee Sports Holdings, an affiliate of Marquee Raine Acquisitionthe Sponsor, LP for out-of-pocket expenses throughrelating to consulting services, including support and advice to MRAC in connection with the completionexecution of the Business Combination Transactions.

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with MRAC’s initial public offering, up to 30% of the deferred discount thereunder (i.e., approximately $3,924,375) may be paid at the sole discretion of MRAC’s management to the underwriter and/or to third parties not participating as underwriters in the Company’s liquidation. Office spaceinitial
121

public offering that assisted MRAC in consummating its business combination, in allocations determined by MRAC’s management. In accordance with the foregoing terms, MRAC’s management elected to direct the payment of $1,024,875 of the deferred discount upon Closing to Marquee Sports Holdings and administrative support services provided$2,899,500 of the deferred discount upon the Closing to us by an affiliateRaine Securities. The audit committee of Marquee Raine Acquisition the MRAC board of directors approved such payments on May 13, 2021.
Sponsor LPAgreement
On April 28, 2021, concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, MRAC entered into the Sponsor Agreement with the Sponsor, pursuant to which, among other things, in connection with the Closing, the Sponsor agreed to (i) waive certain anti-dilution rights set forth in Section 17 of MRAC’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that may result from the Transactions and (ii) subject 1,121,250 sponsor shares that will be providedsubject to us freeforfeiture unless the volume-weighted average closing price of charge.

New Enjoy common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 on 20 out of any 30 consecutive trading days after consummation of the Transactions and on or prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing (or a change of control occurs with respect to New Enjoy at or above such share price during such period).

In addition, our Sponsor

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
Effective upon Closing, the board of directors adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the following policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. A “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which the post-combination company or any of its affiliates (including Marquee, The Raine Groupsubsidiaries was, is or their respective affiliates) may make additional investments in the Company in connection with the Business Combination through a specified future issuance or otherwise, although our Sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If our Sponsor or any of its affiliates elects to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence our Sponsor’s motivation to complete a Business Combination.

We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolveda participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in our favor.

Inwhich any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related person” means:

any person who is, or at any time during the event that we submit our Business Combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their Founder Shares, and our Sponsor and the membersapplicable period was, one of our management team have agreed to vote any shares purchased during or after the offering, in favor of our Business Combination.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

None of ourEnjoy’s executive officers or directors have received directors;

any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities were first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of completion of our Business Combination and our liquidation, we will reimburse an affiliate of Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP for out-of-pocket expenses. Office space and administrative support services provided to us by an affiliate of Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP will be provided to us free of charge. In addition, our Sponsor or any of our existing executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, including Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC and Raine Securities LLC, and other entities affiliated with Marquee and The Raine Group, will be paid a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation and reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying investigating, negotiating and completing a Business Combination and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to a Business Combination will be made using funds held outside the Trust Account. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind will be paidperson who is known by the Company to our Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our Business Combination.

After the completion of our Business Combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed Business Combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combinedpost-combination company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed Business Combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the Board for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our Board.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the completion of our Business Combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our Business Combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the completion of our Business Combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential Business Combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

Enjoy voting stock;

each

any immediate family member of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns ordinary shares; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned(2)
   Percentage of Shares of
Outstanding Class A
Ordinary Shares
 

Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP(3)

   9,268,750    19.8

Crane H. Kenney

   —      * 

Brett Varsov

   —      * 

Alexander D. Sugarman

   —      * 

Joseph Beyrouty

   —      * 

Evan Ellsworth

   —      * 

Jason Sondag

   —      * 

Thomas Ricketts

   —      * 

Brandon Gardner

   —      * 

Thomas Freston

   25,000    * 

Matthew Maloney

   25,000    * 

Assia Grazioli-Venier

   25,000    * 

All officers and directors as a group (11 individuals)

   9,343,750    20.0

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is 65 East 55th Street, 24th Floor New York, NY 10022.

(2)

Interests shown consist solely of Founder Shares, classified as Founder Shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares on the first business day following the completion of our Business Combination.

(3)

Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor GP Ltd. is the general partner of Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP. Raine Holdings AIV LLC is the sole member of Raine SPAC Holdings LLC, which, in turn, is the sole member of Raine RR SPAC SPV I LLC, which owns a 50% interest in each of Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor GP Ltd. and Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP. Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC is the manager of Marquee Sports Holdings SPAC I, LLC, which owns a 50% interest in each of Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor GP Ltd. and Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP. Based upon the relationships among the entities described in this footnote, such entities may be deemed to beneficially own the securities reported herein. Each of the entities described in this footnote disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held directly or indirectly by such entities, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares of our Class A Ordinary Shares and have the right to appoint all of our directors prior to our Business Combination. Holders of our Public Shares will not have the right to appoint any directors to our Board prior to our Business Combination. Because of this ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors, amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions including our Business Combination.

On October 28, 2020, the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share, to cover certain of our expenses in consideration of 10,062,500 Founder Shares, par value $0.0001. On November 10, 2020, our Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Founder Shares to us for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 9,343,750 Founder Shares outstanding. On December 11, 2020, our Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors at their original purchase price. Prior to the initial investment in the Company of $25,000 by the Sponsor, the Company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share price of the Founder Shares was determined by dividing the amount contributed to the Company by the number of Founder Shares issued.

On the IPO Closing Date, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 37,375,000 Units (which included the purchase of 4,875,000 Units subject to the underwriter’s over-allotment option) at a price of $10.00 per Unit generating gross proceeds of $373,750,000 before underwriting discounts and expenses. On the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of the Private Placement Warrants.

Our Sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independent” below for additional information regarding our relationships with our promoters.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Founder Shares

On October 28, 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain expenses on behalf of the Company in exchange for issuance of 10,062,500 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001, (the “Founder Shares”). On November 10, 2020, the Sponsor surrendered 718,750 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration, resulting in an aggregate of 9,343,750 Founder Shares outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share surrender. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to 1,218,750 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriter, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20.0% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. On December 15, 2020, the underwriter fully exercised its over-allotment option; thus, these Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. The initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any Founder Shares until 180 days after our Business Combination, (the “Founder Shares Lock-Up Period”).

The initial shareholders agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (a) one year after the completion of the Business Combination and (b) upon completion of the Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the Business Combination that results in all of the shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the Private Placement of 6,316,667 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of approximately $9.5 million.

Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans) were entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement signed upon completion of the Initial Public Offering. These holders were entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until the termination of the applicable lock-up period for the securities to be registered. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Related Party Loans

On October 28, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover for expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to the Note. This loan is non-interest bearing and payable upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Through December 17, 2020, the Company borrowed approximately $128,000 under the Note. The Company had repaid the Note in full upon closing of the Initial Public Offering.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“working capital loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the working capital loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the working capital loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the working capital loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the working capital loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such working capital loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The working capital loans would either be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lenders’ discretion, up to $1.5 million of such working capital loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. To date, the Company had no borrowings under the working capital loans.

Administrative Support Agreement

Commencing on the effective date of the prospectus, the Company agreed to reimburse the Sponsor for out-of-pocket expenses through the completion of the Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation. Office space and administrative support services provided to the Company by the Sponsor will be provided to us free of charge. In addition, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, including Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC and Raine Securities LLC and other entities affiliated with Marquee and The Raine Group, will be reimbursed for any reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on the Company’s, behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. The audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to the Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to a Business Combination will be made using funds held outside the Trust Account.

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our Board be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the Company’s Board, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board has determined that Thomas Freston, Matthew Maloney and Assia Grazioli-Venier are “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The following is a summary of fees paid to WithumSmith+Brown, PC, for services rendered.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements, reviews of our quarterly financial statements and services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by WithumSmith+Brown, PC for audit fees, inclusive of required filings with the SEC during the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020 and of services rendered in connection with our Initial Public Offering, totaled $73,130.

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. During the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, we did not pay WithumSmith+Brown, PC any audit-related fees.

Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice. During the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, we did not pay WithumSmith+Brown, PC any tax fees.

All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services. During the period from October 16, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, we did not pay WithumSmith+Brown, PC any other fees.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, althoughpersons, which means any services rendered priorchild, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling,

mother-in-law,
father-in-law,
son-in-law,
daughter-in-law,
brother-in-law
or
sister-in-law
of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of Enjoy’s voting stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of Enjoy’s voting stock; and
any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal, or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest. Enjoy has policies and procedures designed to minimize potential conflicts of interest arising from any dealings it may have with its affiliates and to provide appropriate procedures for the formationdisclosure of ourany real or potential conflicts of interest that may exist from time to time. Specifically, pursuant to its audit committee were approved by our Board. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis,charter, the audit committee has the responsibility to review related party transactions.
Director Independence
See “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performedCorporate Governance—Director Independence” above for usa
discussion regarding the independence of the members of our board of directors.
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms thereof (subjectthis Item is incorporated by reference to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services describedinformation that will be set forth under the caption “Proposal No. 2—Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completionour Proxy Statement.
122

PART IV

ITEM
Item 15.

EXHIBITS, AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Financial Statements: The financial statements listed in “Index to the Financial Statements” at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Report:
1.(b)
Financial Statements
. The information required by this item is included in Item 8.
2.

Exhibits:

Financial Statement Schedules
. None.
3.
Exhibits
. The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibitsExhibit Index are filedincluded herein or incorporated herein by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

reference.

Exhibit Index
Exhibit
Number
  
Description
  
Schedule/Form
  
File No.
  
Exhibit
  
Filing Date
    2.1†  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 28, 2021, by and among Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp., MRAC Merger Sub Corp. and Enjoy Technology Inc.  S-4/A  333-256147  2.1  September 14, 2021
    2.2  First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 23, 2021, by and among Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp., MRAC Merger Sub Corp. and Enjoy Technology Inc.  S-4/A  333-256147  2.2  September 14, 2021
    2.3  Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 13, 2021, by and among Marquee Raine Acquisition Corp., MRAC Merger Sub Corp. and Enjoy Technology Inc.  S-4/A  333-256147  2.3  September 14, 2021
    3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.  8-K  001-39800  3.1  October 22, 2021
    3.2  Bylaws of the Company.  8-K  001-39800  3.2  October 22, 2021
    4.1  Specimen Warrant Certificate.  S-1  333-250997  4.3  November 27, 2020
    4.2  Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company.  S-4/A  333-256147  4.5  September 14, 2021
    4.3*  Description of Securities        
    4.4  Sponsor Agreement  8-K  001-39800  10.2  April 28, 2021
    4.5  Amendment to Sponsor Agreement  8-K  001-39800  10.2  September 14, 2021
  10.1  Form of Subscription Agreement.  S-4/A  333-256147  10.1  September 14, 2021
  10.2  Form of Backstop Agreement.  S-4/A  333-256147  10.13  September 14, 2021
123

  10.3  Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated October 15, 2021, by and among the Company, Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP, certain former stockholders of Legacy Enjoy and the other parties set forth on the signature pages thereto.  S-4/A  333-256147  10.2  September 14, 2021
  10.4  Equity Fee Agreement, dated October 15, 2021, between Enjoy Technology Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities  8-K  001-39800  10.3  October 22, 2021
  10.5  Form of Indemnification Agreement.  8-K  001-39800  10.5  October 22, 2021
  10.6#  Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.  8-K  001-39800  10.6  October 22, 2021
  10.7#  Johnson Continuing Letter, dated October 20, 2021, by and between the Company and Ron Johnson.  8-K  001-39800  10.7  October 22, 2021
  10.8#  Offer Letter, dated October 20, 2021, by and between the Company and Jonathan Mariner.  8-K  001-39800  10.8  October 22, 2021
  10.9#  Offer Letter, dated October 20, 2021, by and between the Company and Fareed Khan.  8-K  001-39800  10.9  October 22, 2021
  10.10#  Offer Letter, dated October 20, 2021, by and between the Company and Tiffany N. Meriweather.  8-K  001-39800  10.10  October 22, 2021
  10.11#  Enjoy Technology, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.  S-1  333-260568  10.10  October 28, 2021
  10.12#  Enjoy Technology, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  S-1  333-260568  10.11  October 28, 2021
  10.13*  Lease Agreement, dated January 1, 2019, by and between Kelley-Gordon company, Inc. and Enjoy Technology, Inc.        
  16.1  Letter from WithumSmith + Brown, PW dated October 21, 2021  8-K  001-39800  16.1  October 22, 2021
  21.1  List of Subsidiaries.  S-1  333-260568  21.1  October 28, 2021
  23.1*  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP        
  31.1*  Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.        
124

Exhibit

Number

Description
3.1Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 27, 2020).
3.2Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020).
4.1Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on December 9, 2020).
4.2Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 27, 2020).
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 27, 2020).
4.4Warrant Agreement, dated December 17, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020).
4.5*Description of Securities.
10.1Promissory Note, dated October  28, 2020, issued to Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 27, 2020).
10.2Form of Letter Agreements, dated December  17, 2020, between the Company and each of its officers and directors, and the Sponsor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020).
10.3Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated December 17, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020).
10.4Registration Rights Agreement, dated December  17, 2020, among the Company, the Sponsor and certain other security holders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020).
10.5Securities Subscription Agreement, dated October  28, 2020, between the Registrant and Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 27, 2020).
10.6Amendment No. 1 to the Securities Subscription Agreement, dated November  10, 2020, between the Registrant and Marquee Raine Acquisition Sponsor LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 27, 2020).
10.7Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated December  14, 2020, between the Company and the Sponsor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020).
10.8Form of Indemnity Agreements, dated December  17, 2020, between the Company and each of its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020).
10.9Administrative Support Agreement, dated December  17, 2020, between the Company and the Sponsor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020).

10.10Form of Engagement Letter between the Registrant and Ricketts SPAC Investment LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on December 9, 2020).
10.11Form of Engagement Letter between the Registrant and Raine Securities LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on December 9, 2020).
14.1Form of Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 27, 2020).
24.1*Power of Attorney (Included on the signature pages herein).
31.1*  31.2*  Certification of Principal ExecutiveFinancial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1**  Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**  Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INSInline XBRL Instance Document—the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

*

Filed herewith.

**
These certifications are furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ae amended, nor shall they be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

#
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
Certain of the exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation
S-K
Item 601(b)(2). The Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request.
Item 16.
Form
10-K
Summary
None.
125

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

authorized
.
  MARQUEE RAINE ACQUISITION CORP.ENJOY TECHNOLOGY, INC.
Date: March 25, 20212022  By: 

/s/ Joseph Beyrouty

Fareed Khan
   Joseph BeyroutyName: Fareed Khan
   Title: Chief Financial and Accounting Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joseph BeyroudyRon Johnson and Fareed Khan, and each or any one of them, as his or her true and
lawful attorney-in-factattorneys-in-fact and agent,
agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in histheir name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K,report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or theirhis or hisher substitute or substitutes, or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Crane H. Kenney

Crane H. Kenney

Ron Johnson
Ron Johnson
  

Co-Chief

Director and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 March 25, 20212022

/s/ Brett Varsov

Brett Varsov

Fareed Khan
Fareed Khan
  Co-Chief Executive
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 March 25, 20212022

/s/ Alexander D. Sugarman

Alexander D. Sugarman

Jonathan Mariner
Jonathan Mariner
  Executive Vice PresidentDirector and Chief Administrative Officer March 25, 20212022

/s/ Joseph Beyrouty

Joseph Beyrouty

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 25, 2021

/s/ Evan Ellsworth

Evan Ellsworth

Vice PresidentMarch 25, 2021

/s/ Jason Sondag

Jason Sondag

Vice PresidentMarch 25, 2021
/s/ Thomas RickettsCo-Chairman and DirectorMarch 25, 2021

Thomas Ricketts

/s/ Brandon GardnerCo-Chairman and DirectorMarch 25, 2021

Brandon Gardner

/s/ Thomas FrestonFred Harman
Fred Harman
  Director March 25, 2021

Thomas Freston

2022
/s/ Matthew MaloneySalaam Coleman Smith
Salaam Coleman Smith
  Director March 25, 2021

Matthew Maloney

2022
/s/ Assia Grazioli-VenierThomas Ricketts
Thomas Ricketts
  Director March 25, 20212022

Assia Grazioli-Venier

/s/ Brett Varsov
Brett Varsov
  Director March 25, 2022

96

126

/s/ Denise Young Smith
Denise Young Smith
DirectorMarch 25, 2022
/s/ Gideon Yu
Gideon Yu
DirectorMarch 25, 2022
127